Sharutils includes uuencode, uudecode and shar...
git-svn-id: file:///srv/svn/repos/haiku/trunk/current@6851 a95241bf-73f2-0310-859d-f6bbb57e9c96
This commit is contained in:
Michael Phipps
parent
60ec59613c
commit
218f7a3586
203
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ABOUT-NLS
Normal file
203
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ABOUT-NLS
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
||||
Notes on the GNU Translation Project
|
||||
************************************
|
||||
|
||||
GNU is going international! The GNU Translation Project is a way to
|
||||
get maintainers, translators and users all together, so GNU will
|
||||
gradually become able to speak many native languages. A few packages
|
||||
already provide native language translation for their messages.
|
||||
|
||||
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
|
||||
may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
|
||||
internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you
|
||||
do not need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
|
||||
or using this package with messages translated.
|
||||
|
||||
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
|
||||
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
|
||||
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
|
||||
work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
|
||||
|
||||
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
|
||||
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
|
||||
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
|
||||
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
|
||||
|
||||
One advise in advance
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to exploit the full power of the GNU `gettext' package
|
||||
you should configure it using
|
||||
|
||||
--with-gnu-gettext.
|
||||
|
||||
No existing implementation at this point provides so many useful
|
||||
features (such as locale alias or message inheritance). It is also not
|
||||
possible to provide this additional functionality on top of a catgets
|
||||
implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
Future versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely provide even more
|
||||
functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
|
||||
as soon as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL Matters
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
|
||||
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
|
||||
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
|
||||
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
|
||||
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides
|
||||
usable `catgets' or `gettext' functions. If neither is available, the
|
||||
GNU `gettext' own library will be used. However, installers may use
|
||||
special options at configuration time for changing this behaviour. The
|
||||
commands:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --with-gnu-gettext
|
||||
./configure --disable-nls
|
||||
|
||||
will respectively bypass system `catgets' or `gettext' to use GNU
|
||||
`gettext', or else, totally disable translation of messages.
|
||||
|
||||
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
|
||||
configure without an option for your new package, configure will
|
||||
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
|
||||
will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
|
||||
should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
|
||||
if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
|
||||
package is more recent, you should use
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --with-gnu-gettext
|
||||
|
||||
to prevent auto-detection.
|
||||
|
||||
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
|
||||
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
|
||||
translations are disabled, all those available are installed together
|
||||
with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' may be
|
||||
set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. `LINGUAS'
|
||||
should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating
|
||||
which languages are allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Using This Package
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
|
||||
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
|
||||
ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
|
||||
package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the
|
||||
shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh') or
|
||||
`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh'). This can be done from your `.login'
|
||||
or `.profile' file, once and for all. Packages which are not
|
||||
internationalized will merely ignore the setting of this variable.
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Teams
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU `gettext' tool set contains *everything* maintainers need
|
||||
for internationalizing their packages for messages. It also contains
|
||||
quite useful tools for helping translators at localizing messages to
|
||||
their native language, once a package has already been
|
||||
internationalized.
|
||||
|
||||
To achieve the GNU Translation Project, we need many interested
|
||||
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
|
||||
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
|
||||
Each translating team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
|
||||
International. You may reach your translating team at the address
|
||||
`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
|
||||
language. Language codes are *not* the same as country codes given in
|
||||
ISO 3166. The following translating teams exist, as of November 1995:
|
||||
|
||||
Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
|
||||
Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', Irish `ga', German
|
||||
`de', Greek `el', Italian `it', Japanese `ja', Indonesian `in',
|
||||
Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
|
||||
Russian `ru', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu `te' and Turkish
|
||||
`tr'.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, you may reach the Chinese translating team by writing to
|
||||
`zh@li.org'.
|
||||
|
||||
If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you
|
||||
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
|
||||
The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has
|
||||
`-request' appended. For example, Swedish people can send a message to
|
||||
`sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
|
||||
|
||||
subscribe
|
||||
|
||||
Keep in mind that team members should be interested in *working* at
|
||||
translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than
|
||||
merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to
|
||||
start one, please write to `gnu-translation@prep.ai.mit.edu'; you will
|
||||
then reach the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
|
||||
|
||||
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
|
||||
the terminology used in GNU. Proven linguistic skill are praised more
|
||||
than programming skill, here. For the time being, please avoid
|
||||
subscribing to the English team unless explicitely invited to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
Available Packages
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages. The
|
||||
following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
|
||||
as of November 1995. Listed are: internationalized packages, and
|
||||
languages for which work is in progress, or about to start.
|
||||
|
||||
See note cs de en fr it ja nl no pt sv
|
||||
\ .-------------------------------.
|
||||
chess (1) | X / X |
|
||||
clisp | X X X |
|
||||
diffutils (2) | / . |
|
||||
fileutils | . / |
|
||||
flex (3) | / . |
|
||||
m4 | - / - - . - |
|
||||
gettext | X / X X X |
|
||||
ptx | - / - - |
|
||||
recode | - / - - - |
|
||||
sh-utils | . / . |
|
||||
sharutils | X / X X X X X |
|
||||
tar | X / X - X X |
|
||||
textutils | . / . |
|
||||
wdiff | - - / - - |
|
||||
`-------------------------------'
|
||||
cs de en fr it ja nl no pt sv
|
||||
|
||||
The interpretation legend and notes are:
|
||||
|
||||
`/'
|
||||
There is no PO file, this package merely defaults to this language.
|
||||
|
||||
`.'
|
||||
The effort of localizing this package has been undertaken by
|
||||
someone, or by a translating team, and work is, or should be in
|
||||
progress.
|
||||
|
||||
`-'
|
||||
A PO file for this package and this language is completed and is
|
||||
currently available in a pretest release, or is all ready for
|
||||
inclusion in the next release of this package.
|
||||
|
||||
`X'
|
||||
The localization of this package to this particular language is
|
||||
fully completed, and now distributed through an official release.
|
||||
|
||||
(1)
|
||||
This package is translated to specific languages by methods
|
||||
predating GNU `gettext'. Translations are all kept on disk files,
|
||||
and sources contain numbers where one normally expects strings.
|
||||
|
||||
(2)
|
||||
This package is planned to switch to GNU `gettext'. For the time
|
||||
being, it uses temporary means for internationalization.
|
||||
|
||||
(3)
|
||||
This package has its translatable strings marked, but does not use
|
||||
GNU `gettext'. A convenience patch may be available separately.
|
||||
|
||||
If November 1995 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
|
||||
of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
|
||||
|
||||
16
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/AUTHORS
Normal file
16
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/AUTHORS
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
Authors of GNU shar utilities.
|
||||
|
||||
The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation. Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS.
|
||||
|
||||
UUDECODE, UUENCODE, XXDECODE, XXENCODE David J. Camp
|
||||
Disclaims programs.
|
||||
|
||||
UUDECODE, UUENCODE, XXDECODE, XXENCODE Washington University
|
||||
Disclaims programs by David J. Camp.
|
||||
|
||||
SHARUTILS Ulrich Drepper Germany 1968 8/3/95
|
||||
Assigns past and future changes to Sharutils.
|
||||
|
||||
SHARUTILS Jan Djarv Swedish 1963 9/8/95
|
||||
Assigns the manual "Shar man pages"
|
||||
290
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/BACKLOG
Normal file
290
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/BACKLOG
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
# Summary of pending email for GNU sharutils 4.1.4.
|
||||
# Last updated: Friday, February 24, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You may use this BACKLOG file for checking if I still have an
|
||||
# unprocessed report of yours, or just to have a feeling of how
|
||||
# this package is evolving (or not :-). Please be kind enough to
|
||||
# check here before reporting again a problem that is not solved
|
||||
# in this release.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When I will process a report from you, you may reasonably count
|
||||
# on the fact that I will give you some feedback at that time.
|
||||
# By merely re-sending a report I already have, you are just putting
|
||||
# more burden on my shoulders, and surely not making things go
|
||||
# any faster.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I could of course withhold a release until all reported problems
|
||||
# are solved. This would not always be practical, nor fair for
|
||||
# the community, when some of all reported bugs are solved indeed.
|
||||
# So I have to cut the pear in halves, draw a line somewhere, and
|
||||
# still make releases once in a while.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# About the principle of the BACKLOG file itself, my opinion is that
|
||||
# users deserve to know where maintenance stands for what they use.
|
||||
# Ignorance is sometimes more comfortable, but does not change facts.
|
||||
# If commercial companies were indeed publishing their own internal
|
||||
# bug lists, I think you would feel more secure with GNU software!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/announce
|
||||
1. 31 Aug 93 <ian@cygnus.com> uuencode/uudecode
|
||||
2. 07 Jun 94 <pinard> shar/unshar
|
||||
3. 08 Jul 94 <pinard> GNU shar?
|
||||
4. 02 Sep 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Release: GNU shar 4.0
|
||||
5. 30 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Prerelease: GNU sharutils 4.0.1
|
||||
6. 06 Nov 94 <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca> Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
7. 29 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Prerelease: GNU sharutils 4.1.1
|
||||
8. 30 Nov 94 <pinard> Disappearance of uuencode 1.0
|
||||
9. 01 Dec 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Prerelease: GNU sharutils 4.1.3
|
||||
10. 24 Feb 95 <pinard> Prerelease: GNU sharutils 4.1.4
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/brik
|
||||
1. 07 Nov 94 <meyering@comco.com> Re: is this tar file ok?
|
||||
2. 07 Nov 94 <pinard> GNUicizing brik?
|
||||
3. 09 Nov 94 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: GNUicizing brik?
|
||||
4. 10 Nov 94 <pinard> 1) GNU tar, 2) GNU brik? :-)
|
||||
5. 10 Nov 94 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: 1) GNU tar, 2) GNU brik? :-)
|
||||
6. 12 Nov 94 <rms@gnu.ai.mit.edu> brik
|
||||
7. 12 Nov 94 <pinard> brik in GNU shar utilities
|
||||
8. 12 Nov 94 <meyering@comco.com> Re: brik in GNU shar utilities
|
||||
9. 12 Nov 94 <meyering@comco.com> Re: brik in GNU shar utilities
|
||||
10. 13 Nov 94 <rms@gnu.ai.mit.edu> brik
|
||||
11. 14 Nov 94 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: brik
|
||||
12. 29 Nov 94 <pinard> Re: brik
|
||||
13. 29 Nov 94 <pinard> Re: brik
|
||||
14. 30 Nov 94 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: brik
|
||||
15. 04 Dec 94 <rms@csrl.aoyama.ac.jp> Re: brik
|
||||
16. 04 Dec 94 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: brik
|
||||
17. 04 Dec 94 <rms@csrl.aoyama.ac.jp> Re: brik
|
||||
18. 05 Jan 95 <pinard> Re: brik
|
||||
19. 05 Jan 95 <rms@gnu.ai.mit.edu> Re: brik
|
||||
20. 05 Jan 95 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: brik
|
||||
21. 06 Jan 95 <pinard> Re: brik
|
||||
22. 27 Jan 95 <pinard> Legaleese for brik?
|
||||
23. 27 Jan 95 <dhesi@rahul.net> Re: Legaleese for brik?
|
||||
24. 12 Feb 95 <pinard> brik, and uucode
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/documentation
|
||||
1. 11 Nov 94 <maechler@stat.math.ethz.ch> Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
2. 11 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
3. 11 Nov 94 <maechler@stat.math.ethz.ch> Re: Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
4. 11 Nov 94 <maechler@stat.math.ethz.ch> Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
5. 11 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
6. 11 Nov 94 <maechler@stat.math.ethz.ch> Re: Release: GNU sharutils 4.1
|
||||
7. 16 Nov 94 <pinard> Re: sharutils
|
||||
8. 30 Nov 94 <pinard> Re: Suggestion for Sharutils (feature)
|
||||
9. 30 Nov 94 <drepper@ipd.info.uni-karlsruhe.de> Re: Prerelease: GNU sharutils
|
||||
10. 30 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Suggestion for Sharutils (feature)
|
||||
11. 11 Feb 95 <pinard> sh, shar, unshar - explications
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/remote-cvs
|
||||
1. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu: remote CV
|
||||
2. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [zoo@armadillo.com: Re: remote CVS?]
|
||||
3. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [kingdon@cygnus.com: Re: remote CVS?]
|
||||
4. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [zoo@armadillo.com: Re: remote CVS?]
|
||||
5. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [kingdon@cygnus.com: Re: remote CVS?]
|
||||
6. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [stig@inse.com: Re: remote CVS?]
|
||||
7. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [karl@owl.hq.ileaf.com: even more remot
|
||||
8. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [Ollivier.Robert@hsc.fr.net: Re: even m
|
||||
9. 13 Feb 95 <paquette@atomas.crim.ca> [jc@irbs.com: Re: even more remote CVS?
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/remsync
|
||||
1. 18 Oct 94 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> (none)
|
||||
2. 18 Oct 94 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> remsync chez gnu.ai
|
||||
3. 18 Oct 94 <pinard> remsync
|
||||
4. 19 Oct 94 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> remsync pour wdiff recu sur gnux
|
||||
5. 23 Oct 94 <pinard> Ignores ignored?
|
||||
6. 28 Oct 94 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> (none)
|
||||
7. 28 Oct 94 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> (none)
|
||||
8. 28 Oct 94 <pinard> (none)
|
||||
9. 02 Nov 94 <pinard@kicah.uucp> (none)
|
||||
10. 03 Nov 94 <latendre@IRO.UMontreal.CA> remsync
|
||||
11. 03 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Full path would be better
|
||||
12. 24 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> remsync - modifier...
|
||||
13. 25 Oct 94 <parallel@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Hebdomadaire...
|
||||
14. 26 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> (none)
|
||||
15. 26 Oct 94 <latendre@IRO.UMontreal.CA> shar: .remsync.tar.gz
|
||||
16. 26 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> shar: .remsync.tar.gz
|
||||
17. 26 Oct 94 <latendre@IRO.UMontreal.CA> shar: .remsync.tar.gz
|
||||
18. 26 Oct 94 <latendre@IRO.UMontreal.CA> (none)
|
||||
19. 26 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> remsync: 1) Prudence 2) Mario
|
||||
20. 26 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> (none)
|
||||
21. 27 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> shar: remsync.in
|
||||
22. 27 Oct 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> shar: .remsync.tar.gz
|
||||
23. 03 Nov 94 <gerinlaj@IRO.UMontreal.CA> presentation a RISQ 95
|
||||
24. 04 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: presentation a RISQ 95
|
||||
25. 08 Nov 94 <pinard> remsync - idées
|
||||
26. 13 Oct 94 <pinard> (none)
|
||||
27. 18 Oct 94 <pinard> Bug Perl
|
||||
28. 22 Oct 94 <Mailer-Daemon> Returned mail: User unknown
|
||||
29. 04 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: presentation a RISQ 95
|
||||
30. 03 Nov 94 <gerinlaj> presentation a RISQ 95
|
||||
31. 03 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Full path would be better
|
||||
32. 21 Nov 94 <fournier@crim.ca> RISQ95: programme preliminaire et pre-inscript
|
||||
33. 21 Nov 94 <yves@cc.mcgill.ca> RISQ95: programme preliminaire et pre-inscrip
|
||||
34. 07 Dec 94 <Diane.Fournier@CRIM.CA> RISQ95 - Vos coordonnees
|
||||
35. 07 Dec 94 <Diane.Fournier@crim.ca> RISQ95: Conferenciers - Speakers
|
||||
36. 07 Dec 94 <Diane.Fournier@crim.ca> RISQ95: Conferenciers - Speakers
|
||||
37. 09 Dec 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: RISQ95 - Vos coordonnees
|
||||
38. 09 Dec 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: RISQ95: Conferenciers - Speakers
|
||||
39. 09 Dec 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: RISQ95: Conferenciers - Speakers
|
||||
40. 12 Dec 94 <Diane.Fournier@crim.ca> RAPPEL: Conferenciers - Speakers RISQ95
|
||||
41. 12 Dec 94 <Diane.Fournier@crim.ca> RAPPEL: Conferenciers - Speakers RISQ95
|
||||
42. 13 Dec 94 <efortin@clouso.crim.ca> (none)
|
||||
43. 13 Dec 94 <mkeenan@actbanksys.ie> RCVS Duplicate copies ?
|
||||
44. 13 Dec 94 <mike@fionn.lbl.gov> Re: RCVS Duplicate copies ?
|
||||
45. 20 Dec 94 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> (none)
|
||||
46. 22 Dec 94 <taarna!pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> (none)
|
||||
47. 23 Dec 94 <taarna!pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> remsync - Diagnose locally missi
|
||||
48. 31 Dec 94 <pinard> Bug remsync
|
||||
49. 31 Dec 94 <stig@inse.com> Will CVS 1.4 learn to track moving files?
|
||||
50. 12 Jan 95 <Diane.Fournier@crim.ca> RISQ95: programme final
|
||||
51. 12 Jan 95 <Diane.Fournier@crim.ca> RISQ95: programme final
|
||||
52. 24 Jan 95 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> remsync !?
|
||||
53. 24 Jan 95 <pinard> remsync vs PAGER
|
||||
54. 26 Jan 95 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> (none)
|
||||
55. 27 Jan 95 <pinard@gnu.ai.mit.edu> (none)
|
||||
56. 29 Jan 95 <claude@unimtl.uniforum.qc.ca> (none)
|
||||
57. 29 Jan 95 <pinard> Récent envoi àUniforum
|
||||
58. 29 Jan 95 <pinard> Envoi Uniforum (bis)
|
||||
59. 29 Jan 95 <pinard> Message Uniforum (ter)
|
||||
60. 06 Feb 95 <fmayhar@locus.com> Remsync.
|
||||
61. 06 Feb 95 <pinard> Re: Remsync.
|
||||
62. 06 Feb 95 <pinard> remsync to be included in GNU shar utilities
|
||||
63. 06 Feb 95 <pinard> remsync to be included in GNU shar utilities
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-archive-headers
|
||||
1. 15 Oct 94 <dickey@clark.net> shar 4.0 vs cshar
|
||||
2. 15 Oct 94 <pinard> Re: shar 4.0 vs cshar
|
||||
3. 19 Oct 94 <Joerg.Heitkoetter@Germany.EU.net> GNU Shar 4.1 extensions?
|
||||
4. 19 Oct 94 <pinard> Re: GNU Shar 4.1 extensions?
|
||||
5. 23 Oct 94 <Joerg.Heitkoetter@Germany.EU.net> Re: GNU Shar 4.1 extensions?
|
||||
6. 23 Oct 94 <Joerg.Heitkoetter@Germany.EU.net> shar-4.0-4.1.patch
|
||||
7. 07 Nov 94 <pinard> Re: small enhancement to sharutils-4.1
|
||||
8. 16 Jan 95 <leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com> saving the headers in unshar
|
||||
9. 26 Jan 95 <leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com> Re: saving the headers in unshar
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-backups
|
||||
1. 26 Jan 95 <leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com> Re: saving the headers in unshar
|
||||
2. 27 Jan 95 <pinard> backups [was: Re: saving the headers in unshar]
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-documentation
|
||||
1. Tue Sep 6 <lvirden@cas.org> Re: Solution for [Re: shar 4.0 make shar.dvi p
|
||||
2. Tue Sep 6 <lvirden@cas.org> Re: Solution for [Re: shar 4.0 make shar.dvi p
|
||||
3. 09 Sep 94 <gaumondp@ere.umontreal.ca> Comments about shar-4.0
|
||||
4. 11 Sep 94 <davidsen@tmr.com> Re: shar 4.0 [was: Re: disk buffering in Linux
|
||||
5. 12 Sep 94 <pinard> Say a word about GNU touch
|
||||
6. 16 Sep 94 <djm@va.pubnix.com> comments on shar 4.0 doc
|
||||
7. 10 Sep 94 <Mailer-Daemon@ileaf.com> Returned mail: Host unknown
|
||||
8. 03 Sep 94 <pinard> GNU shar 4.0
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-old-bug
|
||||
1. 27 Sep 90 <pinard> shar 3.49 details
|
||||
2. 27 Sep 90 <pinard> Other problems requiring -F with shar [was: macros.ed]
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-touch
|
||||
1. 17 Nov 94 <wbe@psr.com> Suggested change to shar
|
||||
2. 17 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Suggested change to shar
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-user-id
|
||||
1. 23 Dec 94 <taarna!pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> shar: RMAIL0
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-walkdown-bug
|
||||
1. 12 Sep 94 <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de> Shar 4.0: bug in walkdo
|
||||
2. 13 Sep 94 <interran@uluru.stanford.edu> Re: Shar 4.0: bug in walkdown
|
||||
3. 12 Feb 95 <luik@pharao.stgt.sub.org> sharutils-4.1: problem sharing `.'
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/shar-without-fork
|
||||
1. 07 Sep 94 <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de> Shar 4.0: avoid fork()
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/unshar-new-o-option
|
||||
1. 09 Sep 94 <gaumondp@ere.umontreal.ca> Suggestion for unshar 4.0
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/unshar-slowness
|
||||
1. 31 Oct 94 <pinard> Re: sharutils-4.0.1
|
||||
2. 10 Nov 94 <pinard> Optimizing unshar
|
||||
3. 11 Nov 94 <djm@va.pubnix.com> Re: Optimizing unshar
|
||||
4. 11 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Optimizing unshar
|
||||
5. 11 Nov 94 <djm@va.pubnix.com> Re: Optimizing unshar
|
||||
6. 11 Nov 94 <djm@va.pubnix.com> Re: Optimizing unshar
|
||||
7. 11 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Optimizing unshar
|
||||
8. 11 Nov 94 <djm@va.pubnix.com> Re: Optimizing unshar
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/unshar-standalone
|
||||
1. 03 Sep 94 <agulbra@nvg.unit.no> shar/unshar
|
||||
2. 06 Sep 94 <agulbra@pvv.unit.no> Re: shar/unshar
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/uu-bigger-specs
|
||||
1. 05 Sep 93 <mathew@mantis.co.UK> Re: uuencode/uudecode
|
||||
2. 07 Sep 93 <mathew@mantis.co.uk> Re: GNU uudecode: why no GNU btoa?
|
||||
3. 03 Mar 94 <iwj@cam-orl.co.UK> uuencode 1.0: Ultrix, use of spaces, no table
|
||||
4. 02 Jul 94 <bcochavy@ilux39.iil.intel.com> Some slight patchs for uuencode-1
|
||||
5. 16 Nov 94 <rommel@ars.muc.de> sharutils
|
||||
6. 17 Nov 94 <rommel@ars.muc.de> Re: sharutils
|
||||
7. 30 Nov 94 <drepper@ipd.info.uni-karlsruhe.de> Re: Prerelease: GNU sharutils
|
||||
8. 21 Nov 94 <dik@cd.dsto.gov.au> uudecode enhancement
|
||||
9. 11 Feb 95 <pinard> uucode pas requis pour Gilles
|
||||
10. 03 Oct 94 <iwj@cam-orl.co.uk> Re: uuencode 1.0: Ultrix, use of spaces, no t
|
||||
11. 03 Oct 94 <pinard> Re: uuencode 1.0: Ultrix, use of spaces, no table, not r
|
||||
12. 02 Sep 93 <david@twg.com> Re: uuencode/uudecode
|
||||
13. 16 Feb 95 <joey@finlandia.Infodrom.North.DE> Hint: uudecode/uuencode
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/uu-documentation
|
||||
1. 02 Sep 93 <ian@cygnus.com> DOS uuencode and uudecode
|
||||
2. 13 Oct 93 <unknown> Re: uuencode
|
||||
3. 17 Jul 89 <peter%essex.ac.uk%NSFNET-RELAY.AC.UK@IRO.UMontreal.CA> uudecode
|
||||
4. 02 Dec 90 <jik@athena.mit.edu> Re: uudecode alias security hole?
|
||||
5. 17 Jun 91 <jik@cats.ucsc.edu> Re: is uudecode dangerous?
|
||||
6. 19 Jun 91 <wcs@cbnewsh.att.com> Re: is uudecode dangerous? ; chown?
|
||||
7. 01 Mar 90 <root@cca.ucsf.edu> Re: which archiver/compresser/encoder/decoder
|
||||
8. 03 Nov 94 <pinard@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Re: Documentation diffs, & a comment.
|
||||
|
||||
rmail/uu-new-w-option
|
||||
1. 29 Oct 94 <tembel!shields> New `uudecode -w' option for easy multipart deco
|
||||
2. 29 Oct 94 <pinard> Re: New `uudecode -w' option for easy multipart decoding
|
||||
3. 29 Oct 94 <tembel!shields> Re: New `uudecode -w' option for easy multipart
|
||||
4. 29 Oct 94 <tembel!shields@uunet.uu.net> New `uudecode -w' option for easy m
|
||||
|
||||
admin/abe/RMAIL
|
||||
1. 17 Jan 91 <pinard> abe and directories; dabe and Turbo-C
|
||||
2. 27 Jan 91 <mcgill-vision!looking.on.ca!brad> Re: abe part numbering
|
||||
3. 11 Feb 91 <pinard> Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
4. 11 Feb 91 <mcgill-vision!looking.on.ca!brad> Re: Possible bug with b= optio
|
||||
5. 15 Jul 92 <pinard> Minor problem in dabe.c
|
||||
6. 23 Sep 94 <pinard> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
7. 24 Sep 94 <brad@alto.clarinet.com> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
8. 24 Sep 94 <brad@alto.clarinet.com> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
9. 24 Sep 94 <brad@alto.clarinet.com> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
10. 24 Sep 94 <pinard> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
11. 24 Sep 94 <pinard> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
12. 26 Sep 94 <brad@alto.clarinet.com> Re: Possible bug with b= option
|
||||
|
||||
admin/apple/RMAIL
|
||||
1. 30 Jun 87 <kevin@kosman.UUCP> Comb
|
||||
|
||||
admin/btoa/RMAIL
|
||||
1. 20 Sep 94 <kb@cs.umb.edu> shar, uuencode, atob
|
||||
2. 20 Sep 94 <pinard> Re: shar, uuencode, atob
|
||||
3. 29 Jul 94 <ericb@lsid.hp.com> Re: GNU shar, -M and you
|
||||
4. 28 Jul 94 <pinard> Re: GNU shar, -M and you
|
||||
5. 09 Oct 92 <jef@netcom.com> version of atob with factor of 2 speedup
|
||||
6. 26 Sep 93 <pinard> GNU encode 1.0 - still
|
||||
7. 30 Dec 89 <d84sp@efd.lth.se> Re: BTOA 5.2
|
||||
8. 30 Dec 89 <pinard> BTOA 5.2
|
||||
9. 31 Dec 89 <pinard> diffs for btoa 5.2 under MSDOS
|
||||
10. 18 Jul 90 <pinard> shar blues
|
||||
11. 20 Sep 94 <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca> Re: shar, uuencode, atob
|
||||
12. 24 Sep 94 <kb@cs.umb.edu> Re: shar, uuencode, atob
|
||||
|
||||
admin/mailbin/RMAIL
|
||||
1. 05 Dec 94 <pinard> Re: mailbin.200 - part 1 of 6
|
||||
2. 05 Dec 94 <david@wubios.wustl.edu> mailbin.200 - part 1 of 6
|
||||
|
||||
admin/uu-c/RMAIL
|
||||
1. 26 Oct 91 <w8sdz@rigel.acs.oakland.edu> UUDOALL.ZIP - More flexible uudecod
|
||||
|
||||
admin/xx-c/RMAIL
|
||||
1. 21 Feb 90 <frisk@rhi.hi.is> XXENCODE/XXDECODE
|
||||
2. 06 Nov 90 <readdm@CCWF.CC.UTEXAS.EDU> UUXFER20.ZIP - Comprehensive UU/XX en
|
||||
3. 29 Nov 94 <pinard> {uu,xx}{en,de}code
|
||||
4. 29 Nov 94 <MAILER-DAEMON@IRO.UMontreal.CA> Returned mail: Service unavailab
|
||||
339
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/COPYING
Normal file
339
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/COPYING
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
970
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog
Normal file
970
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,970 @@
|
||||
Mon Dec 4 00:44:40 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.2.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Dec 2 03:17:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Add handling of README-alpha file. If current
|
||||
version is a test release we ship this file. Inspired by Jim
|
||||
Meyering's configure.in.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add @DIST_ALPHA@.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 26 00:39:10 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Fix fatal bug: have to add AC_C_BIGENDIAN test.
|
||||
Else the MD5 sum on big endian machines is wrong!
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: We don't need to test for shar. We are installing it.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 25 16:16:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* README: Some corrections around ABOUT-NLS by Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Nov 24 19:59:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Change README.NLS to ABOUT-NLS.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 21 16:30:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Always create intl/.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in:
|
||||
Make recursion loop aware of Make's -k option. Kudos to Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Make default goal `all' and depend on `all-recursice'.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 14 12:55:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.1.12.
|
||||
(ALL_LINGUAS): Add ja_JP.EUC.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 7 13:46:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS):
|
||||
Set LIBS to correct value and filter out -intl if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Nov 6 16:47:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (ud_PATH_LISP):
|
||||
Remove macro. We don't need it in sharutils.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 21:45:55 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4:
|
||||
Franc,ois reported that po2tbl.sed is not always generated.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 18:20:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.1.11.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Don't distributs NLS, but README.NLS.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 13:33:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.1.10.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 4 23:37:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4:
|
||||
Fix typo: "Do not you" -> "Do not use". Reported by Tom Tromey.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Oct 29 12:02:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Replace AC_INSTALL_PROG with fp_INSTALL_PROG.
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (fp_PROG_INSTALL): New macro by Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Oct 28 23:32:04 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4:
|
||||
Test for dcgettext function when gettext is found in C library. This
|
||||
works around the missing function in Solaris 2.3.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Oct 27 02:29:59 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4:
|
||||
Use single quotes where possible. Reported by Christian von Roques.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Sep 26 00:52:59 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (md_PATH_PROG): Quote argument to echo.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Sep 25 22:15:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (md_PATH_PROG):
|
||||
Use this new macro instead of AC_PATH_PROG for msgfmt and
|
||||
xgettext program. This warns about uses of OpenWin versions (Wrgg).
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Sep 24 10:49:40 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4: Protect second use of ac_cv_func_stpcpy, too.
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4:
|
||||
Move definition of INTLSUB to right place. We don't need to compile
|
||||
this directory for systems which have the gettext functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS):
|
||||
Add stpcpy. Reported by Nelson Beebe and Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Sep 23 22:49:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.1.9.
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 (stpcpy):
|
||||
Fix bug where test gets empty argument when stpcpy is not available.
|
||||
Reported by Nelson Beebe.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.1.8.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Sep 22 23:47:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* acconfig.h (HAVE_STPCPY): Add symbol for work around.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (AC_C_INLINE): Add this test.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Sep 21 19:12:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4: Add aclocal.m4 from gettext-0.9.4.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add po/po2tbl.sed.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Sep 20 23:51:55 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (uucode):
|
||||
In case of cached value set MAN1PAGES and MAN5PAGES. Was only
|
||||
done for uncached case before.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install-man): New rule for install man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 4.1.7.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Sep 7 00:19:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist):
|
||||
Use o option for tar to generated more general tar files.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Don't use long --gzip option for tar.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Aug 19 23:36:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4: Update to aclocal.m4 from gettext-0.9.3 from 950818.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 16:47:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 12:23:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in:
|
||||
Make sure that .gmo catalogs are always installed if NLS is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4: Update NLS macros from gettext-0.9.2.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 10 22:36:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (SUBDIRS): Add contrib.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 3 00:03:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in, aclocal.m4, acconfig.h: Complete rewrite after
|
||||
changing to non-flat directory structure and usage of GNU gettext.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 2 23:59:57 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Complete rewrite for non-flat directory structure
|
||||
and usage of GNU gettext.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jun 13 08:23:35 1995 =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Fran=E7ois_Pinard?= (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Replace all references to _sharEXT.tmp by _sh$$.EXT, so
|
||||
many unshar may execute in parallel in the same directory.
|
||||
Reported by Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed May 17 14:07:08 1995 =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Fran=E7ois_Pinard?= (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* pt.po: New file, for Portuguese.
|
||||
* configure.in (LINGUAS): Adjusted.
|
||||
Reported by Antonio Esteves.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed May 3 20:49:53 1995 =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Fran=E7ois_Pinard?= (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* mailshar.in: Add `-s SIZE' option. Use test instead of [.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue May 2 23:15:01 1995 =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Fran=E7ois_Pinard?= (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* uuencode.c (encode): Use comma operator when assignment in test.
|
||||
* uudecode.c (DEC), uuencode.c (ENC): Capitalize macro arguments.
|
||||
* system.h (memcpy), shar.c (ISASCII): Avoid superfluous
|
||||
parentheses in macro definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Apr 25 18:55:26 1995 François Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Capitalize SKIPPING messages. These are nearly
|
||||
errors, and so, they should call for the eye of the user.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Mar 26 08:48:27 1995 François Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* remsync.in: Use Emacs file variables to announce Perl mode
|
||||
instead of using the first line. This confuses some shells.
|
||||
Reported by Andrey A. Chernov.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Define and substitute MAN1PAGES and MAN5PAGES,
|
||||
according to --disable-uucode.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted accordingly.
|
||||
Reported by Andrey A. Chernov.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Define SCRIPTS separately from PROGRAMS. Use
|
||||
fp_PROG_INSTALL instead of AC_PROG_INSTALL.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted accordingly.
|
||||
Reported by Andrey A. Chernov.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Mar 24 07:57:57 1995 François Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Silence the `Saving...' messages under --quiet.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Mar 19 10:32:45 1995 François Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove GLOCALE, add LINGUAS, use fp_WITH_CATALOGS.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Modify accordingly.
|
||||
* acconfig.h: Add description for WITH_CATALOGS.
|
||||
* system.h: Use WITH_CATALOGS to define _() differently.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Feb 24 20:09:20 1995 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (clean): Remove mail-files, mailshar and remsync.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* contrib/Makefile.in: Replace /doc par /contrib everywhere. The
|
||||
technique used for making this file shows!
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus, Joshua R. Poulson and Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Put gdiff test in parentheses, because Bourne
|
||||
shell otherwise complains about an inexisting program.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Feb 21 23:57:25 1995 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Prerelease 4.1.4.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in, Makefile.in: Replace `date' by `echo timestamp'.
|
||||
Reported by Greg McGary and Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Feb 19 12:06:20 1995 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Support an ID file. Do not distribute TAGS.
|
||||
Reported by Greg McGary.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Feb 12 07:21:05 1995 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
Start distributing contrib:
|
||||
* contrib/*: New files, not detailed nor maintained here.
|
||||
* configure.in: Set make. Output contrib/Makefile.
|
||||
* Makefile.in (distclean, dist, dist-shar): Execute in contrib/.
|
||||
|
||||
Start distributing remsync:
|
||||
* configure.in: Merge remsync's configure.in.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Merge remsync's Makefile.in
|
||||
* mail-files.in, mailshar.in, remsync.in, remsync.texi: New files.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Feb 5 07:37:19 1995 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New name for realclean.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Dec 17 14:57:41 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for isascii.
|
||||
* shar.c: Properly define ISASCII after including <ctype.h>.
|
||||
(shar): Use ISASCII before checks if not mandatory prefix mode.
|
||||
Reported by Bruno Haible and Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Dec 13 10:17:57 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Remove STDC_HEADERS test before including <string.h>,
|
||||
as HAVE_STRING_H should be able to decide this alone.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Dec 3 20:04:39 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* libintl.c: Unprotoize it once and for all.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Do not unprotoize libintl.c. With old compilers,
|
||||
the special rule ensuring LOCALEDIR is defined was bypassed.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (realclean): Delete stamp-cod.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Dec 1 13:36:57 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* nl.tt: New file, for Dutch.
|
||||
Reported by Andries E. Brouwer.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Nov 30 11:01:29 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Prerelease 4.1.3.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Install catalog files as `.msg', not `.cat'.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in, Makefile.in, acconfig.h, shar.c, unshar.c,
|
||||
uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Rename PRODUCT to PACKAGE.
|
||||
Reported by Noah Friedman.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in, Makefile.in: Rename GNULOCALE to GLOCALE.
|
||||
Reported by Richard Stallman.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Use AC_CHECK_PROG to check for extract-msgs.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Replace libintl.o by libintl$O.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Define setlocale(,) to empty if not HAVE_LOCALE_H.
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c, uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Avoid HAVE_LOCALE_H.
|
||||
Reported by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (main): Give "+..." to getopt for repairing the -p option.
|
||||
`-p -B sv.tt -T shar.c' was turned into `-p -B -T sv.tt shar.c' by
|
||||
getopt_long, which makes both files be treated as text.
|
||||
Reported by Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
* sv.tt: New file, for Swedish.
|
||||
Reported by Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
* de.tt: New file, for German.
|
||||
Reported by Ulrich Drepper.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 29 19:13:44 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Change archive_type_position from long to off_t.
|
||||
* unshar.c (find_archive): Idem for start argument, and position.
|
||||
* (unarchive_shar_file): Idem for current_position.
|
||||
Reported by David J. MacKenzie.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (locale.c): Add a missing semicolon.
|
||||
Reported by Bill Aten, Eric Backus and Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Nov 28 19:04:56 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Prerelease 4.1.1.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check if GNU locale available, then substitute
|
||||
GNULOCALE by yes or no, accordingly.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Merely touch locale.c, fr.cat or $(PRODUCT).cod, when
|
||||
GNU locale is not available.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Double file_type by file_type_remote, localizing
|
||||
only the first, and use appropriately.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 27 14:36:57 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Implement CATALOGS and locale.c.
|
||||
* libintl.h: New.
|
||||
* libintl.c: New, inspired by GNU locale gettext.c.
|
||||
* fr.tt: New translation file for French.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Normalize using temporaries for redirected-to files.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 26 20:41:23 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for <locale.h>.
|
||||
* system.h, shar.c, uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Rename _ to __P.
|
||||
* system.h: Include <locale.h> if we have it. Always include
|
||||
<libintl.h>, then declare _ as gettext.
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c, uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Call setlocale if we
|
||||
have <locale.h>. Use _ macro over all localizable strings.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 15 23:13:18 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Do not include <sys/stat.h>, since it is already
|
||||
included indirectly via "system.h".
|
||||
Reported by Harlan Stenn and Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Nov 10 02:05:43 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Use putc instead of fputc.
|
||||
* unshar.c (unarchive_shar_file): Use getc and putc, instead of
|
||||
fgetc and fputc.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Nov 9 12:50:00 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install-man): Do not transform the source name of
|
||||
uuencode.5 while installing, only the destination name.
|
||||
Reported by David MacKenzie.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 8 11:44:00 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (main): Output the `Created N files' in quiet mode only.
|
||||
When not quiet, we already get one message per archive generated.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Nov 7 15:09:11 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (stamp-vti): Use new -r option to date.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Allow more flexibility in -o by allowing a sprintf
|
||||
format. When no `%' characters in format, do as before.
|
||||
(open_output, close_output): New routines. Also check result
|
||||
returned by fopen and fclose.
|
||||
Reported by Paul A. Vixie.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 5 15:57:17 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 4.1.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (realclean): Also remove stamp-vti.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* uudecode.c: Declare getpwnam.
|
||||
Reported by Christopher Sawtell.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check is stat macros are dependable.
|
||||
* system.h: Include <sys/stat.h> and define permission bits.
|
||||
Conditionnaly define S_ISDIR and S_ISREG.
|
||||
* shar.c: Use S_ISDIR and S_ISREG.
|
||||
* uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Delete code now in "system.h".
|
||||
Reported by Andy Seaborne.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Nov 2 00:24:41 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Delete verbose_mode and -v, which was a poor choice for
|
||||
meaning *no*-verbose. Instead, introduce quiet_mode and
|
||||
quiet_unshar_mode, driven by new options -q and -Q.
|
||||
Reported by Christopher Sawtell.
|
||||
|
||||
* uuencode.c: Normalize usage (), use EXIT_* symbols and error ().
|
||||
* uudecode.c: Idem. Also rename rval to exit_status.
|
||||
|
||||
Some systems (DEC Alpha OSF 2.0) declares basename with a
|
||||
non-const argument in <string.h>, so conflicting with "system.h".
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for basename, replace it when not found.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for const only after having found possible
|
||||
ANSIfying compiler flags, this is of no use to check it before.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
* system.h: Use a degenerated prototype when basename found.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi and Nelson Beebe.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 1 23:11:26 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Remove inclusion of <stdio.h> and
|
||||
<sys/types.h>, already included from "system.h".
|
||||
Reported by Christopher Sawtell.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check if closedir return void. CLOSEDIR_VOID was
|
||||
already tested in shar.c, but the symbol not configured.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel, Kaveh Ghazi and Michael Rendell.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Oct 31 20:59:16 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (BACKLOG): Goal deleted. It was depending on files
|
||||
which are not part of the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Declare program_name const char *, not
|
||||
static char *.
|
||||
Reported by Andy Seaborne, Eric Backus, Joseph E. Sacco, Karl
|
||||
Vogel and Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Oct 30 08:30:35 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for fchmod.
|
||||
* uudecode.c: Use chmod if fchmod does not exist.
|
||||
Reported by Andrew Walduck, Andrew B. Smith, Bill Campbell,
|
||||
Christopher Sawtell, Donald Page, Elliott Pacetti and Robert J.C.
|
||||
Kyanko.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for memcpy and strchr.
|
||||
* system.h: Rearrange how mem* and str* are used.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: When cross-compiling, do not check if characters
|
||||
are unsigned, and let __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ undefined. This is safe.
|
||||
Reported by David MacKenzie.
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Use #if rather than #ifdef to check __STDC__.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Clean up, following the one in GNU m4. I will not
|
||||
detail all the changes here.
|
||||
* configure.in: Likewise. Also added --disable-uucode.
|
||||
|
||||
* acconfig.h: Document PRODUCT and VERSION.
|
||||
* version.c: Deleted.
|
||||
* shar.h: Delete previous VERSION definition.
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c, uudecode.c, uuencode.c: Use PRODUCT and VERSION.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Renamed from shar.h. All includers adjusted.
|
||||
* alloca.c: New, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* configure.in: Configure alloca.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (BACKLOG): New. Distribute file BACKLOG.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (TAGS): Distribute it. Clean it in realclean.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Oct 15 21:57:42 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* remsync/configure.in: Find Perl path and substitute in remsync.
|
||||
* remsync/remsync.in: New name for remsync.pl. Use @PERL@ in it.
|
||||
* remsync/Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
Reported by Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Oct 9 08:43:28 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.h: Get rid of CONFIG_BROKETS.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Oct 5 01:52:22 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Corrected various bugs and improve a few functionnalities in
|
||||
remsync/. No need for a detailed ChangeLog here, before the
|
||||
package is released for true. I will only reported other's
|
||||
changes for now.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Sep 24 09:49:22 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* encode.c: New name for uushar.c.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Sep 23 08:20:10 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* uudecode.c: Include <sys/types.h> before <sys/stat.h>.
|
||||
Reported by Andrew Walduck, Christopher Sawtell, Gregory Neil
|
||||
Shapiro, Horst von Brand, Ian Jackson, Karl Berry, Kaveh R. Ghazi,
|
||||
Ken Olstad, Meade Roberts, Nelson H. F. Beebe and Richard Segal.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Handle uudecode and uuencode installation.
|
||||
(man1dir, man1ext): Renamed from mandir and manext.
|
||||
(libshutl.a): Renamed from libshar.a.
|
||||
(check): New, from GNU uuencode-1.0's Makefile.in.
|
||||
* testdata, uudecode.c, uudecode.1, uuencode.c, uuencode.1,
|
||||
uuencode.5, version.c : New, from GNU uuencode-1.0.
|
||||
|
||||
Rename the package from shar to sharutils:
|
||||
* shar.h (VERSION): Define to "GNU sharutils M.N", instead of only
|
||||
numbers, to account for the change in the name of the package.
|
||||
* shar.c (generate_full_header, main): Adapt.
|
||||
* unshar.c (main): Adapt.
|
||||
* sharutils.texi: Renamed from shar.texinfo.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjust file names for documents.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (main): Initialize program_name from argv[0] without
|
||||
basename'ing it.
|
||||
* unshar.c (main): Idem.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Sep 13 12:52:40 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (generate_configure): Echo a message suggesting the
|
||||
installation of GNU touch when no valid touch is found.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Sep 8 21:33:43 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Use AC_FUNC_STRFTIME.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Sep 6 12:08:49 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (TAGS): Remove -t from etags call.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Sep 2 14:19:09 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* whoami.c: Include <limits.h> prior to <sys/utsname.c>.
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for <limits.h>.
|
||||
Reported by Michael Rendell.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Sep 1 19:28:36 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 4.0.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Replace optional_prefix_mode with mandatory_prefix_mode,
|
||||
with inverted meaning.
|
||||
(main): Delay setting the mode to after parameter decoding.
|
||||
Initialize to -T instead of -M in vanilla mode, if not otherwise
|
||||
set. Diagnose any override.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (LIBOBJS): Cut the line differently, so \ will be
|
||||
followed by something even if @LIBOBJS@ sustitutes to nothing.
|
||||
Reported by Andy Seaborne and Dave Anglin.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 31 12:14:04 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (distclean): Delete config.log.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Aug 28 14:38:07 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (main): Cast byte_is_binary to (char *) for memset's.
|
||||
Reported by Joseph E. Sacco.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Aug 26 16:23:58 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* unshar.c (matched_by): Initialize pattern_cursor and
|
||||
result_cursor to NULL, for fails to be properly handled.
|
||||
Reported by Joseph E. Sacco.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Give some value to input and remaining_size.
|
||||
Reported by Joseph E. Sacco.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 25 14:52:28 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (main): In vanilla mode (-V), defaults to text mode (-T)
|
||||
instead of mixed mode (-M).
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (generate_configure): New name for generate_touch_test.
|
||||
When -X, configure a way for doing echo without newline, copying
|
||||
the trick from Autoconf 2.0's AC_PROG_ECHO_N. Do something simple
|
||||
when in vanilla mode.
|
||||
(shar): Do not use newlines with questions. Rename shar_reply to
|
||||
shar_skip, with meaning reversed, other little cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (generate_configure): Configure if /dev/tty exists,
|
||||
copying the trick from older GNU tar configure.in. Do not use
|
||||
/dev/tty when in vanilla mode.
|
||||
(shar): Possibly use /dev/tty to read the user reply. This
|
||||
should help using unshar to read shars generated with -X.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Replace mktime if missing.
|
||||
* mktime.c: New, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Distribute it.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel and Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 24 08:54:03 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Implement --with-dmalloc.
|
||||
* acconfig.h: Document WITH_DMALLOC.
|
||||
* shar.h: Add code for when WITH_DMALLOC.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (walktree): To know how to initialize restore_name, check
|
||||
local_name_copy, not restore_name!
|
||||
Reported by Andy Seaborne.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 23 20:13:38 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (mode_string): Declare argument unsigned, instead of
|
||||
unsigned short. This eliminates warnings on some systems.
|
||||
(shar): Cast masked st_mode to unsigned int, for matching format.
|
||||
* unshar.c (main): Cast getpid to int, for matching format.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Use `-g -O' instead of `-g' as CFLAGS default
|
||||
value, when GNU C is being used. Delay testing for presets.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist, shar): Correct for when a different build
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Replace strftime if missing, and study struct tm.
|
||||
* strftime.c: New, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Distribute it.
|
||||
* shar.c (generate_full_header): Use it, instead of printing UTC.
|
||||
Reported by Ulrich Drepper.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (walktree): Merge both versions, using NO_WALKTREE to
|
||||
choose which heart to execute. Remove length limitation on names.
|
||||
Copy the received name, remove trailing slashes from the copy
|
||||
before further processing, free the copy at end. Trailing
|
||||
backslashes were showing duplicated in the generated shar. Use
|
||||
basename instead of explicit code.
|
||||
(walkdown): Revised. Remove length parameter on call. Remove
|
||||
length limitations on names. Do not restore the string terminator
|
||||
for error messages, since the original string is not altered anymore.
|
||||
* xstrdup.c: New, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Compile it, distribute it.
|
||||
* shar.h: Declare xstrdup. Also declare xrealloc.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c: Remove register specifiers.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Refresh for Autoconf 2.0 renamings about dirent.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel and Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Aug 15 12:46:19 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
Get rid of warnings in unshar.c about undeclared system functions.
|
||||
* shar.h: Include <unistd.h> if we have it.
|
||||
* shar.c: Don't.
|
||||
Reported by Joseph E. Sacco.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Define file_type earlier, for error messages.
|
||||
Reported by Andy Seaborne and Joseph E. Sacco.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Aug 13 09:19:01 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for <sys/wait.h>.
|
||||
* shar.h: Include <sys/wait.h> if we have it.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (mode_string): Renamed from mode_map. Remove unused
|
||||
code, `t' editing, and second argument.
|
||||
(generate_one_header_line): Do not pass a second NULL argument to
|
||||
mode_string. Do not mask out bits which are untested anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Aug 12 09:57:07 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Use `uudecode FILE < FILE' instead of just
|
||||
`uudecode < FILE', for those uudecode unwilling to merely read
|
||||
their standard input. This will work only when -P is used.
|
||||
Reported by Laurent Bourbeau.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 11 01:16:36 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Add newlines to incomplete lines inside the
|
||||
reading loop, instead of after it; because fgets should not alter
|
||||
the buffer when it returns NULL. Also remove useless similar
|
||||
lines in code for switching files.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 10 14:12:42 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Completely avoid sed, compress, gzip and uuencode
|
||||
for empty files. Just touch or empty files instead, while ensuring
|
||||
restoration of access modes and time stamps, as usual.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (usage): Say that -M, not -T, is the default.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (prefix, exec_prefix): Get value from configure.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus and Gordon Joly.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Use a memset replacement as required.
|
||||
* memset.c: New, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Use it, distribute it.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel and Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 9 13:44:28 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Updated for Autoconf 2.0.
|
||||
* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.cache.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Jul 30 11:52:43 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (generate_full_header): Use time_t instead of long.
|
||||
Reported by David J. MacKenzie and Michael Rendell.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Jul 29 08:53:32 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (usage): Improve the wording, here and there.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Jul 28 17:26:00 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Capitalize `Saving...' messages, also use lower
|
||||
case for file types.
|
||||
|
||||
* unshar.c (unarchive_shar_file): Use `sh -s - -c' if pass_c_flag.
|
||||
Bash as sh diagnosed a missing argument to -c with `sh -s -c'.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): For mixed mode determination, look for special
|
||||
characters in the input file, instead of calling `file' on the
|
||||
input file and studying its output.
|
||||
(main): Initialize the byte_is_binary table.
|
||||
* configure.in: Find out if characters are signed or not.
|
||||
Reported by Andrey A. Chernov and Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Do not try completing an incomplete line with a
|
||||
newline, if that incomplete line contains no character. This case
|
||||
occurs for an empty file, in particular.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus and Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (set_file_mode): New routine. Use it at places where the
|
||||
various file_mode variables were set.
|
||||
(main): Allow for intermixing -M when -p. Make -M the default.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus and Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Jul 21 21:04:12 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (realclean): Do not remove stamp-h.in.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 19 09:58:03 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Avoid declaring getpwuid with POSIX, as per GNU find 3.8.
|
||||
Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Jul 18 21:06:41 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Use $(binprefix).
|
||||
Reported by Gordon Joly.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Jul 16 09:28:47 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Change `shar' by `GNU shar' wherever the program
|
||||
identifies itself.
|
||||
* unshar.c: Change `unshar' by `GNU unshar' wherever the program
|
||||
identifies itself.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.texinfo: New documentation.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Prepare and install GNU documentation. This solves
|
||||
a problem about exit status for an if with no else in install.
|
||||
(install): Do not install man pages anymore, they are obsolete.
|
||||
(install-man): New goal, for those who do want obsolete things.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Berry.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Jul 15 11:19:10 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 3.52.3.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Add -z and -Z options, change --compressed-files to
|
||||
--compress and --gzipped-files to --gzip, also --uuencoded-files
|
||||
to --uuencode for uniformity. Have -C tell it will be deprecated.
|
||||
Reported by Noah Friedman.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Rename --normal-files to --text-files, --maybe-uuencoded
|
||||
to --mixed-uuencode.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (main): Dynamically initialize output to stdout, instead
|
||||
of statically. GNU libc does not allow stdout as a constant.
|
||||
Reported by Joseph E. Sacco.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Protect lines already starting with the sed
|
||||
prefix, so `X' will be preserved at beginning of lines.
|
||||
Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Jul 14 10:14:44 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 3.52.2.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c: Install long options, --help and --version.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (walktree, walkdown): Use walker_t instead of explicit
|
||||
functionnal argument, for easing ansi2knr's life.
|
||||
Reported by Andy Seaborne, Karl Vogel and Thomas E. Dickey.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Jul 13 15:23:55 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* basename.c: New, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* shar.h: Declare basename. Remove strrchr definition.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
* shar.c: Use basename instead of strrchr.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Correct a few things in the generated scripts...
|
||||
Indent them the way configure scripts are. Protect restored file
|
||||
name with quotes when used with chown. Limit shar work file names
|
||||
to 12 characters beginning with `_shar' and ending with `.tmp'.
|
||||
Have work shell variables begin with `shar_'. For reading the
|
||||
part number, use cat inside backticks instead of a parenthesized
|
||||
subshell. Avoid using the `true' program or script, use the `:'
|
||||
shell construct instead. Avoid using `test X -a Y', use `test X
|
||||
&& test Y' instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 12 00:07:14 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
The following starts a general cleanup, which will slowly continue
|
||||
as things evolve, without further entries in this ChangeLog.
|
||||
* all: Make better use of const, static. Remove unused variables,
|
||||
rename all others. Uniformize exit codes, error messages, etc.
|
||||
* shar.h: Renamed from system.h. Move in some common declarations
|
||||
from other modules, add missing declarations.
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Adjusted.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist-shar): New goal. Since shar parts have to be
|
||||
unshared in sequence, we can rely on the order in which files are
|
||||
shar'ed to induce a good topological order in the timestamps at
|
||||
the receiving site. DISTFILES ordering is important from now on.
|
||||
Reported by Thomas E. Dickey.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (setTOUCH): Ensure that touch does use the date, the
|
||||
previous test was grepping standard error, it was doomed to fail.
|
||||
Reported by Bill Aten and Thomas E. Dickey.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Use the touch feature by default in generated shars, the
|
||||
timestamps should be transmitted as far as possible. Warn at
|
||||
unshar time if a shar file needs touch, and if touch is found to
|
||||
be unusable. Try to avoid clashes when there are many unshar's
|
||||
running in parallel. This code is not completely solid, yet the
|
||||
probability of a clash is far weaker than before.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove stamp-h.
|
||||
(realclean): Remove stamp-h.in.
|
||||
Reported by Thomas E. Dickey.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Jul 11 22:34:53 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c (shar): Consider a tilde at the beginning of a line as
|
||||
special. This avoids trouble when using an old version of mail to
|
||||
send a shar file.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel.
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Remove declaration of malloc and realloc, they are
|
||||
unused.
|
||||
Declare voidstar depending on __STDC__.
|
||||
Check PROTOTYPES instead of __STDC__ for defining _().
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Declare xmalloc. Use it instead of malloc.
|
||||
Remove some useless code to report memory allocation errors.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (clean): Remove ansi2knr executable.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install): Do not try installing shar.info, it does
|
||||
not exist yet.
|
||||
Reported by Bill Aten, Karl Vogel and Thomas E. Dickey.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Have CFLAGS and LDFLAGS substituted from the
|
||||
environment.
|
||||
Reported by Karl Vogel.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Use special defines fo AIX and Minix.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Jul 8 00:17:45 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* ansi2knr.1: New file, from elsewhere.
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Distribute it.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c, uushar.c, who@where.c: Merge in successive
|
||||
diffs from 3.49 towards 3.52, privately sent around 1990-10.
|
||||
Reported by Richard H. Gumpertz.
|
||||
|
||||
* remsync/mail-files: Wait only 4 seconds between mailings,
|
||||
instead of 8.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jun 7 00:05:11 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* remsync/find-mailer: Use -f instead of -x. Not only -x is not
|
||||
portable enough, but if a ~/Mail directory exists, it is wrongly
|
||||
selected.
|
||||
Reported by Bernd Nordhausen.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jun 5 16:02:15 1994 Francois Pinard (pinard@icule)
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 3.52.1.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c, unshar.c, uushar.c, who@where.c: From shar 3.49
|
||||
distribution. Remove various logs and group them into file
|
||||
ChangeLog.shar. Indent sources to GNU standards. Modify as
|
||||
needed for auto-configuration. Replace perror() by error().
|
||||
Replace both getwd() and getcwd() by xgetcwd().
|
||||
|
||||
* unshar.c: Remove getopt functions, for GNU getopt is used
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
* shar.c: Add -G and -gN for gzip compression.
|
||||
|
||||
* Initial packaging for remsync, but not distributed yet.
|
||||
mailshar now uses gzip instead of compress, by default.
|
||||
|
||||
This branch pops out of shar, version 3.49, as published on alt.sources
|
||||
on 1990-09-24. For previous history, see ChangeLog.OLD.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Aug 23 15:32:00 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@airs.com)
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 1.0 (for uuencode/uudecode).
|
||||
|
||||
Previous history for remsync.
|
||||
|
||||
* May 1994: Single Perl script, named remsync, replacing the
|
||||
previous corresponding shell scripts mailsync and resync. A clean
|
||||
rewrap was needed because, after adding many added features, the
|
||||
scripts became intricate and hard to maintain. I also added other
|
||||
functionalities, among which the possibility of interactive use.
|
||||
|
||||
* 1992: Shell scripts for synchronization of directory trees:
|
||||
mailsync, resync. They were depending on many GNU tools.
|
||||
|
||||
* 1992: Shell scripts for automatic selection of a mailer, later
|
||||
condensed into find-mailer.
|
||||
|
||||
* 1991: Shell scripts for file mailing: mail-file, mailshar, and
|
||||
many others too specialized for being included here.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
228
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD
Normal file
228
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
# makefile for shar
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Header: /tmp/bonefish/open-beos/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD,v 1.1 2004/03/02 02:51:51 michaelphipps Exp $
|
||||
#
|
||||
#+:EDITS:
|
||||
#:09-17-1990-12:25-rhg@cps.com-added -DMAXNAMLEN=MAX_NAME to CFLAGS for RT AIX
|
||||
#:09-17-1990-11:28-rhg@cps.com-replaced NO_DIRENT with USE_DIR and USE_NDIR
|
||||
#:09-12-1990-21:58-rhg@cps.com-moved strip from before to after cp to ${BINDIR}
|
||||
#:09-09-1990-20:12-rhg@cps.com-added CLOSEDIR_VOID
|
||||
#:09-09-1990-11:31-bill@netagw.com-add SHELL variable/-ldir for XENIX/UNIX 386
|
||||
#:08-07-1990-21:25-rhg@cps.com-compress man pages if MANEXT ends with .Z
|
||||
#:08-05-1990-23:50-rhg@cps.com-add post and compressed.
|
||||
#:08-05-1990-12:19-rhg@cps.com-add LIBS and -ldirent
|
||||
#:08-04-1990-18:51-rhg@cps.com-add CC, LD; move strip; reorder chgrp/chown.
|
||||
#:05-14-1990-17:33-wht@n4hgf-add -F 5000 for XENIX 286
|
||||
#:05-14-1990-17:32-bill@netagw.com-expanded Makefile
|
||||
#:03-28-1990-14:54-wht@n4hgf-for 3.10, add who@where.c
|
||||
|
||||
shar.c
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
char RCS_ID[] = "$Header: /tmp/bonefish/open-beos/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD,v 1.1 2004/03/02 02:51:51 michaelphipps Exp $";
|
||||
|
||||
/*+:EDITS: */
|
||||
/*:09-27-1990-23:40-rhg@cps.com-added check for '.' to the OptPREFIX check */
|
||||
/*:09-27-1990-17:10-rhg@cps.com-added USE_GETCWD and getcwd */
|
||||
/*:09-27-1990-17:10-rhg@cps.com-added Delim_len to fix PREFIX (yes, again) */
|
||||
/*:09-17-1990-11:28-rhg@cps.com-replaced NO_DIRENT with USE_DIR and USE_NDIR */
|
||||
/*:09-12-1990-21:55-rhg@cps.com-added check for isgraph undefined (old BSD) */
|
||||
/*:09-12-1990-14:24-rhg@cps.com-added missing return(0) to walkdown */
|
||||
/*:09-12-1990-14:13-rhg@cps.com-deleted some redundant, unused, code */
|
||||
/*:09-12-1990-00:28-rhg@cps.com-added more directions to the shar header */
|
||||
/*:09-09-1990-20:12-rhg@cps.com-added CLOSEDIR_VOID */
|
||||
/*:09-09-1990-18:42-rhg@cps.com-added check for "From" under OptPREFIX */
|
||||
/*:09-09-1990-11:55-rhg@cps.com-modified code under NOT STR(N)CMP_IS_FAST */
|
||||
/*:09-08-1990-21:20-rhg@cps.com-added NO_DIRENT for SunOS 3 sys/dir.h */
|
||||
/*:09-08-1990-21:04-rhg@cps.com-fixed bug in PREFIX check: strcmp(line,Delim) */
|
||||
/*:08-06-1990-00:40-rhg@cps.com-revised Cut message to be more explanatory */
|
||||
/*:08-05-1990-14:04-rhg@cps.com-merged Rname into walktree */
|
||||
/*:08-05-1990-12:11-rhg@cps.com-added walktree & support for sharing dirs */
|
||||
/*:08-05-1990-09:05-rhg@cps.com-change -Bn, -t, and -b to -bn, -T, and -B */
|
||||
/*:08-04-1990-15:31-rhg@cps.com-added -Bn to set compress -bn (default 12) */
|
||||
/*:08-04-1990-15:31-rhg@cps.com-changed shar3_???_.tmp to _shar_???_.tmp */
|
||||
/*:08-04-1990-15:22-rhg@cps.com-added check for "exit 0" under OptPREFIX */
|
||||
/*:08-04-1990-14:32-rhg@cps.com-added -m to generate TOUCH (default off) */
|
||||
/*:08-04-1990-14:18-rhg@cps.com-reversed the meaning of -x and deleted -O */
|
||||
/*:06-14-1990-14:48-rhg@cps.com-made Split and eXists compatible.
|
||||
/*:06-14-1990-14:18-rhg@cps.com-made -x the default and added -O
|
||||
/*:06-14-1990-12:44-rhg@cps.com-always terminate the && and report failures
|
||||
/*:06-14-1990-12:28-rhg@cps.com-clear mkdir_already between -l files
|
||||
/*:06-14-1990-12:14-rhg@cps.com-change PREFIX from a #define to an int variable.
|
||||
/*:04-19-1990-22:49-rhg@cps.com-get rid of "set" so "sh sharfil -c" will work */
|
||||
/*:04-19-1990-21:52-rhg@cps.com-add -F to clear OptPREFIX */
|
||||
/*:04-18-1990-08:49-rhg@cps.com-add OptPREFIX (for now, always on) */
|
||||
/*:07-09-1990-19:24-wht@n4hgf-back to fgrep amc -- fits more -m touches */
|
||||
/*:07-01-1990-18:37-wht@n4hgf-wait() needed after fork() */
|
||||
/*:05-19-1990-02:47-wht@n4hgf-change fgrep amc to mmdd */
|
||||
/*:05-16-1990-01:53-wht@n4hgf-Archive-name had extra period sometimes */
|
||||
/*:05-10-1990-20:39-wht@n4hgf-altos does not not like at-sign in filenames */
|
||||
/*:05-10-1990-13:38-wht@n4hgf-add -V Vanilla mode */
|
||||
/*:05-07-1990-00:06-wht@n4hgf-test all mallocs for Purity Of Essence */
|
||||
/*:05-07-1990-00:06-wht@n4hgf-add -S switch */
|
||||
/*:05-05-1990-01:37-relay.EU.net!rivm!a3-dont assume vax is running BSD */
|
||||
/*:04-18-1990-02:01-wht@n4hgf-3.20 rhg@cps.com did all the NICE work */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-14:30-rhg@cps.com-pretty up if-then-else-fi in shar file */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-12:13-rhg@cps.com-add Split and renamed old -l to -L */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-12:13-rhg@cps.com-add -c option to shar file execution */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-11:20-rhg@cps.com-simplify TOUCH logic in shar file */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-10:27-rhg@cps.com-create setTOUCH to avoid duplicate code */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-04:43-rhg@cps.com-add missing && to commands in shar file(s) */
|
||||
/*:04-17-1990-02:03-rhg@cps.com-add Compress */
|
||||
/*:04-16-1990-17:08-rhg@cps.com-add AvoidPipes as well as code to use pipes */
|
||||
/*:04-03-1990-20:09-wht@n4hgf-3.11 */
|
||||
/*:04-01-1990-13:20-pat@rwing-correct case on M option in getopt() call */
|
||||
/*:04-01-1990-13:50-pat@rwing-change defaults on -v, -w to be on */
|
||||
/*:03-29-1990-18:23-wht@n4hgf-add automatic sequent support */
|
||||
/*:03-28-1990-15:56-wht@n4hgf-add mode and length net.bandwidth chrome */
|
||||
/*:03-28-1990-14:23-wht@n4hgf-correct some runtime diagnostics */
|
||||
/*:11-14-1989-02:21-wht-SHAR_EOF was botched if last file char not newline */
|
||||
/*:11-02-1989-14:11-wht-add touch -am */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Shar puts readable text files together in a package
|
||||
from which they are easy to extract.
|
||||
earlier attribution wht@n4hgf has: decvax!microsof!uw-beave!jim
|
||||
(James Gosling at CMU)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* I have made several mods to this program:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1) the -----Cut Here-----... now preceds the script.
|
||||
* 2) the cat has been changed to a sed which removes a prefix
|
||||
* character from the beginning of each line of the extracted
|
||||
* file, this prefix character is added to each line of the archived
|
||||
* files and is not the same as the first character of the
|
||||
* file delimeter.
|
||||
* 3) added several options:
|
||||
* -c - add the -----Cut Here-----... line.
|
||||
* -d'del' - change the file delimeter to del.
|
||||
* -s - cause the resulting script to print the wc of
|
||||
* the orignal file and the wc of the extracted
|
||||
* file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Michael A. Thompson
|
||||
* Dalhousie University
|
||||
* Halifax, N.S., Canada.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* I, too, have been hacking this code. This is the version on sixhub
|
||||
* bill davidsen (davidsen@sixhub.uucp)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - added support for binary files
|
||||
* - automatic creation of limited size multiple file archives,
|
||||
* each of which may be unpacked separately, and with sequence
|
||||
* checking.
|
||||
* - support for mixed text and binary files
|
||||
* - preserve file permissions
|
||||
* - restore to filename rather than pathname
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* One good hack deserves another ... this version generates shell
|
||||
* code which attempts to create missing directories
|
||||
* handle deviants sun, vax, pyr (pyramid), SCO XENIX/UNIX automatically
|
||||
* for sequent, add -DBSD42
|
||||
* force Verbose on
|
||||
* if unsharing system's touch Sys V compatible (allows touch -m),
|
||||
* restore file dates
|
||||
* -n switch puts an alpha "name" in header
|
||||
* -a (if also -n) puts "Submitted-by:" & "Archive-name: <name>/part##
|
||||
* use getopt
|
||||
* as well as some other chrome-plated junque
|
||||
* ...!gatech!emory!tridom!wht (wht%n4hgf@gatech.edu) Warren Tucker
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3.11 - Fri Apr 6 14:21:51 EDT 1990
|
||||
* With due deference to davidsen@sixhub, more changes..... copies
|
||||
* of this, like 3.10, were mailed to him:
|
||||
* From wht Fri Apr 6 15:14:30 1990 remote from n4hgf
|
||||
* Received: by n4hgf.UUCP (smail2.5-UNIX/386 5.3.2)
|
||||
* id AA01781; 6 Apr 90 15:14:30 EDT (Fri)
|
||||
* Date: Fri, 6 Apr 90 15:14:30 EDT
|
||||
* X-Mailer: Mail User's Shell (6.5 4/17/89)
|
||||
* From: wht@n4hgf (Warren Tucker)
|
||||
* To: davidsen@sixhub
|
||||
* Subject: shar 3.11
|
||||
* X-Bang-Reply-to: gatech!n4hgf!wht -or- emory!tridom!n4hgf!wht
|
||||
* Reply-to: wht%n4hgf@gatech.edu
|
||||
* Message-Id: <9004061514.AA01781@n4hgf.UUCP>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. changes suggested by pat@rwing (Pat Myrto) and silvert@cs.dal.ca
|
||||
* (Bill Silvert)
|
||||
* 2. fixes to who_am_i code in who@where.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3.20 - Wed Apr 18 01:58:32 EDT 1990
|
||||
* changes were made per edit notes by
|
||||
From: gatech!mailrus!uunet!cpsolv.CPS.COM!rhg (Richard H. Gumpertz)
|
||||
* ...!gatech!n4hgf!wht (wht%n4hgf@gatech.edu) Warren Tucker
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
unshar.c
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
char RCS_ID[] = "$Header: /tmp/bonefish/open-beos/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD,v 1.1 2004/03/02 02:51:51 michaelphipps Exp $";
|
||||
|
||||
/* HISTORY
|
||||
* 27-Sep-90 Richard H. Gumpertz (rhg@cps.com)
|
||||
* add check for EXTERNAL_GETOPT to suppress the built-in getopt. (The
|
||||
* builtin getopt is nice because it makes unshar more easily portable.)
|
||||
* 12-Sep-90 Richard H. Gumpertz (rhg@cps.com)
|
||||
* use fprintf instead of printf when printing error return from getwd.
|
||||
* deleted unused initialization of more_to_read in process.
|
||||
* changed ch from char to int in process so the EOF check would work.
|
||||
* 4-Aug-90 Richard H. Gumpertz (rhg@cps.com)
|
||||
* renamed -c and -C to -e and -E and added -c flag (passed through to sh)
|
||||
* 24-Apr-90 Richard H. Gumpertz (rhg@cps.com)
|
||||
* rewrote ENC() to use a more efficient formula
|
||||
* 19-Apr-90 Colas Nahaboo (colas@mirsa.inria.fr)
|
||||
* added -c and -C flags to read from concatenated archives
|
||||
* 1-Feb-85 Guido van Rossum (guido@mcvax) at CWI, Amsterdam
|
||||
* Added missing 'quit' routine;
|
||||
* added -d flag to change to directory first;
|
||||
* added filter mode (read stdin when no arguments);
|
||||
* added 'getopt' to get flags (makes it self-contained).
|
||||
* 29-Jan-85 Michael Mauldin (mlm) at Carnegie-Mellon University
|
||||
* Created.
|
||||
****************************************************************/
|
||||
/*+:EDITS: */
|
||||
/*:08-04-1990-15:54-rhg@cps.com-changes listed above (-c/-C => -e/-E, new -c) */
|
||||
/*:05-05-1990-01:37-relay.EU.net!rivm!a3-dont assume vax is running BSD */
|
||||
/*:04-19-1990-15:20-wht@n4hgf-fix so -d doesnt make argv files unreachable */
|
||||
/*:04-19-1990-15:06-wht@n4hgf-colas@mirsa patches had expanded tabs */
|
||||
/*:04-10-1990-22:02-wht@n4hgf-stdin failed sometimes-can not seek on pipe */
|
||||
|
||||
And for stlmatch:
|
||||
|
||||
* HISTORY
|
||||
* 18-May-82 Michael Mauldin (mlm) at Carnegie-Mellon University
|
||||
* Ripped out of CMU lib for Rog-O-Matic portability
|
||||
* 20-Nov-79 Steven Shafer (sas) at Carnegie-Mellon University
|
||||
* Rewritten for VAX from Ken Greer's routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Originally from klg (Ken Greer) on IUS/SUS UNIX
|
||||
|
||||
uushar.c
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
/* $Header: /tmp/bonefish/open-beos/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD,v 1.1 2004/03/02 02:51:51 michaelphipps Exp $ */
|
||||
|
||||
who@where.c
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
/* $Header: /tmp/bonefish/open-beos/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/ChangeLog.OLD,v 1.1 2004/03/02 02:51:51 michaelphipps Exp $ */
|
||||
|
||||
...!gatech!kd4nc!n4hgf!wht (wht%n4hgf@gatech.edu)
|
||||
|
||||
/*+:EDITS: */
|
||||
/*:09-12-1990-01:04-rhg@cps.com-added declarations of strcpy and strcat */
|
||||
/*:09-09-1990-19:49-rhg@cps.com-added explicit return statement to who_where */
|
||||
/*:04-03-1990-19:55-wht@n4hgf-get rid of complicated who_am_i */
|
||||
/*:04-01-1990-13:30-pat@rwing-use utsname.nodename instead of sysname */
|
||||
/*:04-02-1990-12:12-wht@n4hgf-sigh... some pwd.h dont declare functions */
|
||||
/*:03-29-1990-18:23-wht@n4hgf-add automatic sequent support */
|
||||
/*:03-28-1990-15:24-wht@n4hgf-creation */
|
||||
167
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/INSTALL
Normal file
167
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/INSTALL
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
||||
Basic Installation
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
These are generic installation instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
|
||||
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
|
||||
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
|
||||
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
|
||||
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
|
||||
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
|
||||
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
|
||||
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
|
||||
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
|
||||
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
|
||||
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
|
||||
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
|
||||
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
|
||||
|
||||
The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
|
||||
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
|
||||
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest way to compile this package is:
|
||||
|
||||
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
|
||||
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
|
||||
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
|
||||
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
|
||||
`configure' itself.
|
||||
|
||||
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
|
||||
messages telling which features it is checking for.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
|
||||
the package.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
|
||||
source directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files
|
||||
that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a
|
||||
different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.
|
||||
|
||||
Compilers and Options
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
|
||||
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
|
||||
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
|
||||
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
|
||||
|
||||
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
|
||||
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
|
||||
|
||||
Using a Different Build Directory
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
|
||||
You can compile the package in a different directory from the one
|
||||
containing the source code. Doing so allows you to compile it on more
|
||||
than one kind of computer at the same time. To do this, you must use a
|
||||
version of `make' that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU
|
||||
`make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and
|
||||
executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure'
|
||||
automatically checks for the source code in the directory that
|
||||
`configure' is in and in `..'.
|
||||
|
||||
Installation Names
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
|
||||
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
|
||||
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
|
||||
option `--prefix=PATH'.
|
||||
|
||||
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
|
||||
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
|
||||
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
|
||||
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
|
||||
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
|
||||
|
||||
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
|
||||
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
|
||||
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional Features
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
|
||||
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
|
||||
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
|
||||
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
|
||||
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
|
||||
package recognizes.
|
||||
|
||||
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
|
||||
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
|
||||
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
|
||||
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
Specifying the System Type
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
|
||||
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
|
||||
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
|
||||
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
|
||||
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
|
||||
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
|
||||
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
|
||||
|
||||
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
|
||||
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
|
||||
need to know the host type.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
|
||||
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
|
||||
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
|
||||
system on which you are compiling the package.
|
||||
|
||||
Sharing Defaults
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
|
||||
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
|
||||
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
|
||||
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
|
||||
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
|
||||
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
|
||||
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
|
||||
|
||||
Operation Controls
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
|
||||
operates.
|
||||
|
||||
`--cache-file=FILE'
|
||||
Save the results of the tests in FILE instead of `config.cache'.
|
||||
Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for debugging
|
||||
`configure'.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help'
|
||||
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--quiet'
|
||||
`--silent'
|
||||
`-q'
|
||||
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
|
||||
|
||||
`--srcdir=DIR'
|
||||
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
|
||||
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
`--version'
|
||||
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
|
||||
script, and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
|
||||
|
||||
4
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/Jamfile
Normal file
4
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/Jamfile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
SubDir OBOS_TOP src apps bin sharutils-4.2.1 ;
|
||||
|
||||
SubInclude OBOS_TOP src apps bin sharutils-4.2.1 lib ;
|
||||
SubInclude OBOS_TOP src apps bin sharutils-4.2.1 src ;
|
||||
119
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/Makefile
Normal file
119
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
# Main makefile for GNU Shar utility package.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = sharutils
|
||||
VERSION = 4.2.1
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = .
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = COPYING AUTHORS BACKLOG ChangeLog ChangeLog.OLD INSTALL \
|
||||
Makefile.in ABOUT-NLS NEWS README README.OLD THANKS TODO \
|
||||
acconfig.h aclocal.m4 config.h.in configure configure.in install-sh \
|
||||
mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in README-alpha
|
||||
|
||||
SUBDIRS = doc lib po intl src checks contrib
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
all-recursive install install-exec install-data uninstall TAGS ID \
|
||||
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-recursive check: config.h Makefile
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
target=`echo $@|sed 's/-recursive//'`; \
|
||||
echo making $$target in $$subdir; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
|
||||
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
|
||||
done && test -z "$$fail"
|
||||
|
||||
install-man: config.h Makefile
|
||||
echo making $@ in doc
|
||||
cd doc && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
|
||||
dist: Makefile
|
||||
rm -fr $(distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir || exit 1; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $@) || exit 1; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
tar zchovf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
|
||||
rm -fr $(distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-local
|
||||
|
||||
clean: clean-recursive clean-local
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-local
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-local
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-local:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-local: mostlyclean-local
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-local: clean-local
|
||||
rm -f Makefile config.cache config.h config.log stamp-h tupdate.perl
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-local: distclean-local
|
||||
|
||||
check:
|
||||
|
||||
dvi info:
|
||||
cd doc && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
# For understanding the following see the autoconf manual.
|
||||
configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
|
||||
|
||||
# autoheader might not change config.h.in
|
||||
config.h.in: stamp-h.in
|
||||
stamp-h.in: configure.in acconfig.h
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && autoheader
|
||||
rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in && echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
|
||||
|
||||
#config.status might not change config.h
|
||||
# Don't rerun config.status if we just configured.
|
||||
config.h: stamp-h
|
||||
stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
|
||||
test ! -f stamp-h || ./config.status
|
||||
rm -f stamp-h && echo timestamp > stamp-h
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
|
||||
./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
config.status: configure config.h.in
|
||||
./config.status --recheck
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
119
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/Makefile.in
Normal file
119
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/Makefile.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
||||
# Main makefile for GNU Shar utility package.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = COPYING AUTHORS BACKLOG ChangeLog ChangeLog.OLD INSTALL \
|
||||
Makefile.in ABOUT-NLS NEWS README README.OLD THANKS TODO \
|
||||
acconfig.h aclocal.m4 config.h.in configure configure.in install-sh \
|
||||
mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in @DIST_ALPHA@
|
||||
|
||||
SUBDIRS = doc lib @POSUB@ @INTLSUB@ src checks contrib
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
all-recursive install install-exec install-data uninstall TAGS ID \
|
||||
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-recursive check: config.h Makefile
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
target=`echo $@|sed 's/-recursive//'`; \
|
||||
echo making $$target in $$subdir; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
|
||||
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
|
||||
done && test -z "$$fail"
|
||||
|
||||
install-man: config.h Makefile
|
||||
echo making $@ in doc
|
||||
cd doc && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
|
||||
dist: Makefile
|
||||
rm -fr $(distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir || exit 1; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $@) || exit 1; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
tar zchovf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
|
||||
rm -fr $(distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-local
|
||||
|
||||
clean: clean-recursive clean-local
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-local
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-local
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-local:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-local: mostlyclean-local
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-local: clean-local
|
||||
rm -f Makefile config.cache config.h config.log stamp-h tupdate.perl
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-local: distclean-local
|
||||
|
||||
check:
|
||||
|
||||
dvi info:
|
||||
cd doc && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
# For understanding the following see the autoconf manual.
|
||||
configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
|
||||
|
||||
# autoheader might not change config.h.in
|
||||
config.h.in: stamp-h.in
|
||||
stamp-h.in: configure.in acconfig.h
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && autoheader
|
||||
rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in && echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
|
||||
|
||||
#config.status might not change config.h
|
||||
# Don't rerun config.status if we just configured.
|
||||
config.h: stamp-h
|
||||
stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
|
||||
test ! -f stamp-h || ./config.status
|
||||
rm -f stamp-h && echo timestamp > stamp-h
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
|
||||
./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
config.status: configure config.h.in
|
||||
./config.status --recheck
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
76
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/NEWS
Normal file
76
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/NEWS
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
GNU sharutils NEWS - User visible changes.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 4.2 - November 1995, by François Pinard & Ulrich Drepper
|
||||
|
||||
* New `mailshar' is a wrapper around `shar' and electronic mail.
|
||||
|
||||
* New `remsync' is a Perl script which uses `mailshar' to help
|
||||
synchronizing remote directories, for sites connected only by email.
|
||||
|
||||
* Programs (but not scripts) may now speak Dutch, French, German
|
||||
and Swedish.
|
||||
|
||||
* Option -o offers better control over where to insert the part numbering
|
||||
in the file name.
|
||||
|
||||
* There are the beginnings of a contrib directory.
|
||||
|
||||
* Produced shell archive are now internationalized, too
|
||||
|
||||
* uuencode/uudecode are now compliant to the latest POSIX.2d draft
|
||||
(more options, new encoding).
|
||||
|
||||
* Updated man pages for shar/unshar by Jan Djarv
|
||||
|
||||
* Speed up unshar a little bit.
|
||||
|
||||
* Protect against transmission error by using MD5 sum. The old wc sum
|
||||
is more or less useless, but still the fallback solution.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 4.1 - November 1994, by François Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
* GNU shar 4.0 and GNU uuencode 1.0 distributions have been merged
|
||||
into this GNU sharutils package, which replaces both. So this release
|
||||
introduces `uuencode' and `uudecode', over `shar' and `unshar'.
|
||||
|
||||
* Option --no-verbose (-v) is being replaced by two different options:
|
||||
first is --quiet or --silent (-q), second is --quiet-unshar (-Q).
|
||||
|
||||
Version 4.0 - September 1994, by François Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
* The distribution includes a Texinfo manual and Info documentation.
|
||||
Jan Djarv updated the man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
* Mixed mode (-M) mode works reliably and is the default, intermixing
|
||||
types within file lists (-p) allows `-M'.
|
||||
|
||||
* When piping is forbidden (-P), the shar scripts are usable by
|
||||
uudecode's requiring an argument as well as by those unable to
|
||||
process one.
|
||||
|
||||
* Interactive scripts (-X) better protect themselves against
|
||||
`unshar' programs and procedures. The query format is nicer.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.52.3 - July 1994, by François Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
* --gzip (-z) replaces --gzipped-files (-G). --compress (-Z)
|
||||
replaces --compressed-files (-C). -C is kept for a while, but
|
||||
gives a warning about being deprecated.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.52.2 - July 1994, by François Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
* Long options, among which --help and --version.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tildas are protected at the beginning of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
* Setting timestamps is attempted by default, using an improved
|
||||
check of the local `touch' program at unshar time.
|
||||
|
||||
* Generated shar scripts are cleaner on various details.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.52.1 - June 1994, by François Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
* New options -G and -g<N> to use gzip while making shar files.
|
||||
|
||||
See file `ChangeLog.OLD' for prior history about shar and unshar.
|
||||
48
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/README
Normal file
48
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/README
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
This is the set of GNU shar utilities.
|
||||
|
||||
`shar' makes so-called shell archives out of many files, preparing
|
||||
them for transmission by electronic mail services. `unshar' helps
|
||||
unpacking shell archives after reception. The core of both programs
|
||||
is initially derived from public domain. Some modules and other
|
||||
code sections are freely borrowed from other GNU distributions,
|
||||
bringing `shar' under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
`uuencode' prepares a file for transmission over an electronic channel
|
||||
which ignores or otherwise mangles the eight bit (high order bit) of
|
||||
bytes. `uudecode' does the converse transformation. They are derived
|
||||
from the BSD NET/2 distribution, but enchanced with the features
|
||||
described in recent POSIX standards. If you have more powerful
|
||||
`uuencode' and `uudecode' already available, you may want to use
|
||||
`./configure --disable-uucode' to prevent their installation.
|
||||
|
||||
`remsync' allows for remote synchronization of directory trees,
|
||||
using electronic mail. This part of sharutils is still alpha.
|
||||
You should have already installed Perl, gzip, GNU diff, GNU tar
|
||||
and GNU shar prior to installing remsync package. Only Perl is
|
||||
really mandatory, write to me if you feel like helping to remove
|
||||
the other dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
Beside the Perl script `remsync' and its shell scripts the whole
|
||||
package now is internationalized. This includes the generated shell
|
||||
scripts. As described in the `ABOUT-NLS' file you have various
|
||||
options for handling this internationalization but this package is
|
||||
special in one point: it always needs the GNU message catalog files to
|
||||
be installed. Therefore it might be a good idea to always use the GNU
|
||||
gettext functions and not the functions provided by your system. This
|
||||
is of course not needed if your system uses GNU gettext in its system
|
||||
library.
|
||||
|
||||
See file `ABOUT-NLS' for how to customize this program to your language.
|
||||
See file `BACKLOG' for a summary of pending mail and articles.
|
||||
See file `COPYING' for copying conditions.
|
||||
See file `INSTALL' for compilation and installation instructions.
|
||||
See file `NEWS' for a list of major changes in the current release.
|
||||
See file `THANKS' for a list of contributors.
|
||||
|
||||
Jan Djarv takes care of the man pages, otherwise unsupported, and
|
||||
their installation is kept separate from `make install'. You use
|
||||
`make install-man' for them. Better think GNU and switch to Info.
|
||||
|
||||
Your feedback will help us to make a better and more portable
|
||||
product. Mail suggestions and bug reports (including documentation
|
||||
errors) for this program to `bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu'.
|
||||
273
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/README.OLD
Normal file
273
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/README.OLD
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
|
||||
This file last revised Sat Aug 4 17:15:01 CDT 1990
|
||||
|
||||
Here is shar 3.52, an updated version of shar 3.49, derived from 'shar2'.
|
||||
This offering is the work of many people. Thanks to wht@n4hgf.Mt-Park.GA.US
|
||||
(Warren Tucker), rhg@CPS.COM (Richard H. Gumpertz), colas@avahi.inria.fr
|
||||
(Colas Nahaboo), bill@netagw.com (Bill Aten), marks@rex.cs.tulane.edu, and
|
||||
maaaany others.
|
||||
|
||||
This version's shar:
|
||||
1) generates shell code which attempts to create missing directories
|
||||
2) generates shell code which will force overwriting of files when passed
|
||||
the '-c' option.
|
||||
3) allows entire directories to be archived
|
||||
4) handle deviants sun, vax, pyramid, sequent, and SCO XENIX/UNIX
|
||||
automatically; for system V systems I did not catch, add -DSYS5
|
||||
to CFLAGS; for other BSD-like systems, add -DBSD42
|
||||
5) if unsharing system's touch is Sys V compatible (allows touch -m),
|
||||
the unshar process restores file dates (-m switch)
|
||||
6) An archive name may be specified for inclusion in the header
|
||||
of the shar files (-n switch)
|
||||
7) allows automatic generation of "Submitted-by: who@where" &
|
||||
"Archive-name: <name>/part##" headers
|
||||
8) uses getopt; no good system library should be without a copy
|
||||
but it is readily available (like look in unshar.c)
|
||||
9) includes other chrome-plated bells, whistles, and junque
|
||||
|
||||
This version's unshar:
|
||||
1) can change directory before unsharing
|
||||
2) can unshar from standard in, from a COLLECTION of shars,
|
||||
from a file containing multiple concatenated shars,
|
||||
or a mixture of shar files and concatenated-shar files.
|
||||
3) can pass the '-c' option on to the script being extracted.
|
||||
4) does not have a Social Security number.
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------ shar usage -----------------------------------
|
||||
shar 3.52
|
||||
usage: shar [ options ] file ...
|
||||
shar -S [ options ]
|
||||
-V produce "vanilla" shars demanding little of the unshar environment
|
||||
-v verbose messages OFF while executing
|
||||
-m restore file modification dates & times with "touch" commands
|
||||
-w don't check with 'wc -c' after unpack
|
||||
-a generate Submitted-by: & Archive-name: headers
|
||||
-nXXX use XXX as the name of the archive (documentation)
|
||||
-s override automatically determined submitter name
|
||||
-x overwrite existing files without checking if they already exist
|
||||
-X interactively overwrite existing files (NOT FOR NET SHARS)
|
||||
-B treat all files as binary, use uuencode
|
||||
-T treat all files as text (default)
|
||||
-C compress and uuencode all files
|
||||
-bXX pass -bXX (default 12) to compress when compressing (implies -C)
|
||||
-p allow positional parameter options. The options "-B" and "-B"
|
||||
and "-C" may be embedded, and files to the right of the
|
||||
option will be processed in the specified mode
|
||||
-M mixed mode. Determine if the files are text or
|
||||
binary and archive correctly.
|
||||
-P use temp files instead of pipes in the shar file
|
||||
-F force the prefix character on every line (even if not required)
|
||||
-c start the shar with a cut line
|
||||
-f restore by filename only, rather than path
|
||||
-dXXX use XXX to delimit the files in the shar
|
||||
-oXXX (or -o XXX) output to file XXX.01 thru XXX.nn
|
||||
-lXX limit output file size to XXk bytes (but don't split files)
|
||||
-LXX limit output file size to XXk bytes (may split files)
|
||||
-S read files to wrap from stdin, ignoring argument line
|
||||
|
||||
The -S option reads filenames one per line from stdin; input
|
||||
format must be similar to 'find' output, except that if -p
|
||||
is specified, -B, -T or -C may be used (on lines by themselves)
|
||||
e.g., find . -type f -print | sort | shar -C -l50 -o /tmp/big
|
||||
|
||||
The 'o' option is required if the 'l' or 'L' option is used
|
||||
The 'n' option is required if the 'a' option is used
|
||||
|
||||
-a generates sharname/part## headers. If the -a argument contains
|
||||
a '/', then /part is not appended
|
||||
The automatic submitter name is trivial: essentially `whoami`@`uname`
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------ unshar usage -----------------------------------
|
||||
Unshar has no usage built in. It has default actions when invoked
|
||||
with no arguments (read from stdin).
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: unshar [ -d directory ] [ -c ] [ -e | -E exit_line ] [ files ... ]
|
||||
|
||||
The -c flag is passed through to the shell as a parameter to the script
|
||||
It can unshar shar files concatenated in one file, with the
|
||||
the "-e" command, which separates files by recognizing the
|
||||
"exit 0" string at the beginning of a line
|
||||
|
||||
(The -E string option allows you to specify this string, thus
|
||||
-e is equivalent to -E "exit 0")
|
||||
|
||||
The -d flag tells unshar to change directory before unsharing
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------- history -----------------------------------------
|
||||
Changes since 3.11: kudos to rhg@CPS.COM (Richard H. Gumpertz)
|
||||
|
||||
1. The -l switch still specifies a maximum size for the generated
|
||||
shar files, but now it prevents files from spanning shar parts.
|
||||
Shars generated using this method may be unpacked in any order.
|
||||
|
||||
2. The old -l switch functionality is precisely emulated by using the
|
||||
the -L switch. That is, archived files may be split across parts.
|
||||
Shars generated using this method must still be unpacked in order.
|
||||
|
||||
3. The -C switch causes files to be compressed, then uuencoded.
|
||||
Unpacking reverses the process.
|
||||
|
||||
4. The -P causes the shar to use temp files instead of pipes in
|
||||
the unshar process.
|
||||
|
||||
5. The -f causes files to be resotred by name only (i.e., strip
|
||||
directory portion of input filenames before placing the name
|
||||
into the shar.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.20: kudos to colas@avahi.inria.fr (Colas Nahaboo)
|
||||
|
||||
1. The Archived-name: header no longer uses "/part" if there is
|
||||
a "/" in the -n name. Thus
|
||||
-n xyzzy procduces:
|
||||
xyzzy/part01
|
||||
xyzzy/part02
|
||||
|
||||
-n xyzzy/patch procduces:
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch02
|
||||
|
||||
-n xyzzy/patch01. procduces:
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.02
|
||||
2. The Archive-name part number other than part01 had no leading zero
|
||||
in the number.
|
||||
|
||||
3. The "Submitted-by:" header was missing the hyphen (minus for olde
|
||||
UNIX hackres).
|
||||
|
||||
4. The unshar program may now unshar a whole mailbox or concatenation
|
||||
of shar files.
|
||||
|
||||
-C "string" looks for "string" at the beginning of the line to
|
||||
break the file into individual shar files
|
||||
-c is equivalent to -C "exit 0"
|
||||
|
||||
This of course will only work if there is something in the shar
|
||||
file recognizable to terminate the shar. Some shars dont have
|
||||
"exit 0" at the end. However, a clue: most/many .signatures have
|
||||
"--" on a line right before them.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Unshar -d (change directory) no longer makes argv files unreachable.
|
||||
I had never used the feature until the other day. I guess the
|
||||
author has used in only for unsharing from stdin.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.21: thanks to Adri Verhoef, <a3@rivm.UUCP>
|
||||
|
||||
1. Some vaxen do not run BSD. I guess I knew this, but -er-
|
||||
here is Adri's note:
|
||||
> Hi Warren,
|
||||
>
|
||||
> I encountered a problem trying to get 'shar3.21' to compile on System V
|
||||
> on a vax. Yes, can you believe it? We run System V Release 3.0 on VAXen!
|
||||
> The shar3.21 code assumes that you are BSD if you're on a vax. This is not
|
||||
> always true! What I did to get the code compiled on System V, was:
|
||||
> (+) edit the Makefile and add -DSYS5 to CFLAGS.
|
||||
> (+) edit all the C-source files to circumcise compiler warnings
|
||||
> ("SYS5 redefined").
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
He made a suggestion about having a localize.sh edit a distribution
|
||||
Makefile, but for now, I'll just suggest you add -DSYS5 to CFLAGS
|
||||
manually.
|
||||
|
||||
2. jhd@irfu.se (Jan Dj{rv, sorry about the screwed up character
|
||||
translation, Jan) wrote man pages. Thanks!
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.22: thanks to Dennis Boylan <dennis@nanovx>
|
||||
|
||||
1. The new -S option allows the list of files to be packed
|
||||
to be read from the standard input rather than from the
|
||||
command line.
|
||||
|
||||
2. A few purist checks were made to ensure fork() or malloc()
|
||||
doesn't fail and excite the "if 20 hours of your time is
|
||||
free then why isn't 200?" crowd (who probably will never see
|
||||
this revision anyway :-))
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.23:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The -V mode was added.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Altos doesn't like the '@' in filenames. The filename format
|
||||
was changed. Thanks to rhg@cps.com.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.24:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Man pages were revised by gam@netcom (Gordon Moffet). Thanks.
|
||||
|
||||
2. When -L was specified, the "Starting ..." message was not
|
||||
produced on standard error (with or without -v).
|
||||
|
||||
3. When using -X, the 'not for net' warning was printed on standard
|
||||
output rather thsn standard error.
|
||||
|
||||
4. marks@rex.cs.tulane.edu reccommends adding -F 5000 to the load
|
||||
line of unshar when using on XENIX 286 to avoid stack overflow
|
||||
core dumps. I added this information to an excellkent remake
|
||||
of the Makefile by bill@netagw.com.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.25:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Fixed one minor bug with -a/-n. The period supplied when a
|
||||
slash appears in the -n name was omitted. This is a hatefully
|
||||
small bug to fix and reissue a whole release, but
|
||||
a) several new names are on the sharlist now and they have
|
||||
only 3.24 to work with,
|
||||
b) this will surely sync us all up, and
|
||||
c) I think it will put shar to bed for a while ("no known bugs
|
||||
at this ti ... bus error core dumped").
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.27:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The unshar-time test for a touch -m facility now greps for
|
||||
'mmdd', not '[-amc]', making it more universally successful.
|
||||
|
||||
2. NOTE: there is still a problem with -n arguments using
|
||||
a 'x/y' construct, but I don't know how to properly generalize
|
||||
it so you'll have to edit shars made with some uses of -a
|
||||
with -n x/y.
|
||||
|
||||
3. This is surely my last work on this. It does everything
|
||||
I needed and more. Thanks for all the help and suggestions.
|
||||
It seems as though we didn't precipitate 'death of the shar'
|
||||
after all :-) :-) :-).
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.32:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Several bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Inverted the meaning of '-x'; the new default is to NOT overwrite.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Added '-c' checking when unpacking so the recipient can force overwrites.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Made '-L' work even with files not being overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Added '-m' and changed the default behavior to not generate TOUCH commands.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Added '-F'; the default is to suppress the extra 'X' at the beginning of
|
||||
each line unless it is needed (i.e., the first character of the line is
|
||||
already 'X' or is a non-graphic).
|
||||
|
||||
7. Renamed '-b' and '-t' to '-B' and '-T', respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Added '-bn' for use with compression (calls compress with -bn).
|
||||
|
||||
9. Renamed the temporary files used in unpacking from shar3_???_.tmp to
|
||||
_shar_???_.tmp.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Directories may now be passed to shar; a recursive directory walk is
|
||||
performed. This feature may be disabled by compiling with -DNO_WALKTREE.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.43:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Several more minor bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Added support for BSD-style <sys/dir.h> and -ldir.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Added more usage directions to the shar header.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 3.49:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Added more support for Unix variations.
|
||||
|
||||
2. A few more very minor bug fixes.
|
||||
72
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/THANKS
Normal file
72
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/THANKS
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
The shar and unshar programs is the collective work of many authors.
|
||||
Many people contributed to shar by reporting problems, suggesting
|
||||
various improvements or submitting actual code. Here is a list of
|
||||
these people. Help me keeping it complete and exempt of errors.
|
||||
|
||||
Andrew B. Smith abs@maunsell.co.uk
|
||||
Andrew Walduck amewaldu@undergrad.math.uwaterloo.ca
|
||||
Andrey A. Chernov ache@astral.msk.su
|
||||
Andries E. Brouwer aeb@win.tue.nl
|
||||
Andy Seaborne afs@hplb.hpl.hp.com
|
||||
Antonio Esteves esteves@di.uminho.pt
|
||||
Bernd Nordhausen bernd@passage.com
|
||||
Bill Aten bill@netagw.com
|
||||
Bill Campbell bill@celestial.com
|
||||
Bill Silvert silvert@cs.dal.ca
|
||||
Bruno Haible haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de
|
||||
Christian von Roques roques@pond.sub.org
|
||||
Christopher Sawtell chris@gerty.equinox.gen.nz
|
||||
Colas Nahaboo colas@mirsa.inria.fr
|
||||
David J. MacKenzie djm@uunet.uu.net
|
||||
Dennis Boylan nanovx!dennis
|
||||
Donald Page donaldp@sco.com
|
||||
Elliott Pacetti epacet@unf6.cis.unf.edu
|
||||
Elvia Lopez Hurtado elvial@ctsmex.attmail.com
|
||||
Eric Backus ericb@lsid.hp.com
|
||||
François Pinard pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
|
||||
Gordon Joly G.Joly@cs.ucl.ac.uk
|
||||
Gordon Moffet netcom!gam
|
||||
Greg McGary gkm@magilla.cichlid.com
|
||||
Gregory Neil Shapiro gshapiro@wpi.edu
|
||||
Harlan Stenn harlan@mumps.pfcs.com
|
||||
Horst von Brand vonbrand@inf.utfsm.cl
|
||||
Ian Jackson iwj@cam-orl.co.uk
|
||||
Jan Djarv Jan.Djarv@sa.erisoft.se
|
||||
James Gosling James.Gosling@eng.sun.com
|
||||
Jim Meyering meyering@acm.org
|
||||
Joseph E. Sacco jsacco@ssl.com
|
||||
Joshua R. Poulson jrp@plaza.ds.adp.com
|
||||
Karl Berry kb@cs.umb.edu
|
||||
Karl Vogel vogelke@c-17igp.wpafb.af.mil
|
||||
Kaveh R. Ghazi ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu
|
||||
Ken Olstad olstad@msc.edu
|
||||
Laurent Bourbeau bpi!bourbeau
|
||||
Meade Roberts meade@plaza.ds.adp.com
|
||||
Michael A. Thompson mike@iotek.ns.ca
|
||||
Michael Mauldin mlm@cs.cmu.edu
|
||||
Michael Rendell michael@cs.mun.ca
|
||||
Nelson H. F. Beebe beebe@math.utah.edu
|
||||
Noah Friedman friedman@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Pat Myrto rwing!pat
|
||||
Paul A. Vixie paul@vix.com
|
||||
Paul Eggert eggert@twinsun.com
|
||||
Richard H. Gumpertz rhg@cps.com
|
||||
Richard Segal segal@cs.washington.edu
|
||||
Richard Stallman rms@prep.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Robert J.C. Kyanko rob@rjck.oau.org
|
||||
Roderick Schertler roderick@gate.net
|
||||
Thomas E. Dickey dickey@clark.net
|
||||
Ulrich Drepper drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Warren Tucker wht@n4hgf.atl.ga.us
|
||||
William Davidsen davidsen@tmr.com
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks to all members of the translation teams for the different
|
||||
languages. Mentioned here are the persons who sent the catalogs:
|
||||
|
||||
Dutch: Andries E. Brouwer aeb@win.tue.nl
|
||||
French: François Pinard pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
|
||||
German: Ulrich Drepper drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Japanese: Sakai Kiyotaka ksakai@netwk.ntt-at.co.jp
|
||||
Portugese: Antonio Esteves esteves@di.uminho.pt
|
||||
Svedish: Jan Djarv Jan.Djarv@sa.erisoft.se
|
||||
82
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/TODO
Normal file
82
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/TODO
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
* TODO file for GNU sharutils
|
||||
|
||||
Tell <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu> if you feel like volunteering for any
|
||||
of these ideas, listed more or less in decreasing order of priority.
|
||||
Some TODO items are implicit from received email. See file BACKLOG.
|
||||
|
||||
(One more word. This list already existed when I took over the task
|
||||
of maintaining sharutils. I have not investigated the list enough
|
||||
to say this will also be correct for me. But Franc,ois and I often
|
||||
agree so it is likely.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.# Next release
|
||||
The next release will have these changes:
|
||||
. + better integrate uucode with the others, code-wise
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.@ ChangeLog
|
||||
|
||||
.* Short term
|
||||
. + Utiliser guillemets français dans fr.tt
|
||||
. + convert uucode documentation into sharutils.texi
|
||||
. + remove many fixed limits, everywhere
|
||||
. + delete useless code, among which some matching features
|
||||
. + simplify further `:' vs `true' usage, the latter might be avoided
|
||||
. + remsync matters
|
||||
. - documentation
|
||||
The documentation is still rudimentary, but might help you to
|
||||
understand what is going on. Many examples in some quick start
|
||||
node might help. In any case, criticize it at will, and let me
|
||||
use your comments as an incentive for further improvement. Any help
|
||||
from native English speakers is appreciated.
|
||||
|
||||
Carefully ensure that you have a backup of your synchronized trees
|
||||
before your tries of remsync. It does work for me, but who knows if
|
||||
it will not be dangerous in your particular setup.
|
||||
|
||||
White lines, and lines beginning with \`#\', are comments. Command
|
||||
keywords may be abbreviated to their first letter. Space between
|
||||
successive keywords may be omitted. Variable arguments may often be
|
||||
replaced by numeric index from lists. SITE may also be local or 0.
|
||||
SITE_SET is a list of SITE, default is all. A ! prefix complements it.
|
||||
The following commands are meant for automatic internal use:
|
||||
. - handle receving files over symbolic links or directories
|
||||
. - maintain a project title
|
||||
. - no remote could also be local
|
||||
. - diagnose /net/mnt_tmp/... directories
|
||||
. - if deleting a scan, already registered files declared unexisting
|
||||
. - have a paranoid option, in which diffs are always done
|
||||
. - study if and how the symbolic links might be transported
|
||||
|
||||
.* Medium term
|
||||
. + integrate remsync script and documentation
|
||||
. + have -C as synonymous for -d in shar
|
||||
1994-08-22, Karl Berry <kb@cs.umb.edu>
|
||||
. + speedup unshar, far too slow while matching sed input
|
||||
. + construct some `make check' for shar/unshar
|
||||
. + do something sensible with file permissions
|
||||
. + study if the symbolic links might be transported
|
||||
. + when local/remote directories are relative, this should be to ~user
|
||||
. + do not send absolute files
|
||||
. + add some `-h UNSHAR.HDR' option
|
||||
1994-08-19, Marty Leisner <leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com>
|
||||
. + decode options from a SHAR environment variable
|
||||
1994-08-30, Ulrich Drepper <drepper@ira.uka.de>
|
||||
. + remsync matters
|
||||
. - have a command to rename a remote while keeping all its values
|
||||
. - do something sensible with file permissions
|
||||
. - qualify each scan with destination sites
|
||||
. - emacslisp/menage.el to omit, have it reconstructed automatically instead
|
||||
. - have an equivalence system for email addresses
|
||||
. - avoid computing checksums for ignored files
|
||||
. - have a master directory for .remsync's, have them located elsewhere
|
||||
. - have a recursive mode finding all .remsync's in tree
|
||||
. - provide encryption hooks, so people can use e.g. PGP or rot13 :-)
|
||||
|
||||
.* Long term
|
||||
. + automatically retrieve in correct sequence from a bunched file
|
||||
1994-08-24, Karl Berry <kb@cs.umb.edu>
|
||||
. + when -T, just reject binary files
|
||||
1994-08-29, Andrew A. Chernov <ache@astral.msk.su>
|
||||
1994-09-11, Eric Backus <ericb@lsid.hp.com> -- disagrees
|
||||
36
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/acconfig.h
Normal file
36
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/acconfig.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/* Special definitions for sharutils, processed by autoheader.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1994.
|
||||
Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the current hostname may be found in /etc/systemid. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ETC_SYSTEMID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable. */
|
||||
#undef PROTOTYPES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
|
||||
#undef VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library. See
|
||||
site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz. */
|
||||
#undef WITH_DMALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
317
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/aclocal.m4
vendored
Normal file
317
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/aclocal.m4
vendored
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
|
||||
# Local additions to Autoconf macros.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1992.
|
||||
|
||||
# NLS configuration macros added.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, August 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
|
||||
# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
|
||||
# @ovindex CC
|
||||
# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
|
||||
# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries various
|
||||
# options that select ANSI C on some system or another. It considers the
|
||||
# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it defines @code{__STDC__} to 1 and
|
||||
# handles function prototypes correctly.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
|
||||
# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
|
||||
# @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}. If you wrote your source
|
||||
# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
|
||||
# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
|
||||
# @end defmac
|
||||
|
||||
define(fp_PROG_CC_STDC,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
|
||||
[ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
|
||||
ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
|
||||
# breaks some systems' header files.
|
||||
# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
|
||||
# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
|
||||
# HP-UX -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
|
||||
# SVR4 -Xc
|
||||
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" -Xc
|
||||
do
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS $ac_arg"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
|
||||
[#if !defined(__STDC__) || __STDC__ != 1
|
||||
choke me
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
], [int test (int i, double x);
|
||||
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
|
||||
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};],
|
||||
[ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
|
||||
done
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
|
||||
case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
|
||||
x|xno) ;;
|
||||
*) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for function prototypes.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(fp_C_PROTOTYPES,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([fp_PROG_CC_STDC])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for function prototypes])
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" != no; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(PROTOTYPES)
|
||||
U= ANSI2KNR=
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
U=_ ANSI2KNR=ansi2knr
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(U)dnl
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ANSI2KNR)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if --with-dmalloc was given.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(fp_WITH_DMALLOC,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if malloc debugging is wanted)
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(dmalloc,
|
||||
[ --with-dmalloc use dmalloc, as in dmalloc.tar.gz from
|
||||
@/ftp.antaire.com:antaire/src/dmalloc.],
|
||||
[if test "$withval" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(WITH_DMALLOC)
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -ldmalloc"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -g"
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl --------------------------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
dnl Use AC_PROG_INSTALL, supplementing it with INSTALL_SCRIPT ##
|
||||
dnl substitution. ##
|
||||
dnl --------------------------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(fp_PROG_INSTALL,
|
||||
[AC_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL} -m 755'
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(md_PATH_PROG,
|
||||
[AC_PATH_PROG($1,$2,$3)dnl
|
||||
if echo $$1 | grep openwin > /dev/null; then
|
||||
echo "WARNING: Do not use OpenWin's $2. (Better remove it.) >&AC_FD_MSG"
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1=$2
|
||||
$1=$2
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check NLS options
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(ud_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for LC_MESSAGES])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
|
||||
ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
if test $ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(ud_WITH_NLS,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
|
||||
dnl Default is enabled NLS
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
|
||||
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
|
||||
nls_cv_use_nls=$enableval, nls_cv_use_nls=yes)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_nls)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_nls" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for explicitly using GNU gettext])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-gettext,
|
||||
[ --with-gnu-gettext use the GNU gettext library],
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
|
||||
dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
|
||||
dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, main)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=NONE
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gettext,
|
||||
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no)dnl
|
||||
if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
|
||||
md_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)dnl
|
||||
md_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext, xgettext)dnl
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=lib
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||
dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
|
||||
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
|
||||
if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS(GMSGFMT, [gmsgfmt msgfmt], msgfmt)dnl
|
||||
md_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext, xgettext)dnl
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.cat
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.cat
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=lib
|
||||
INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
|
||||
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
|
||||
# We need to process the intl/ and po/ directory.
|
||||
INTLSUB=intl
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||
dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
|
||||
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
|
||||
md_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, msgfmt)dnl
|
||||
md_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)dnl
|
||||
md_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext, xgettext)dnl
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
|
||||
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
|
||||
# We need to process the intl/ directory.
|
||||
INTLSUB=intl
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# We need to process the po/ directory.
|
||||
POSUB=po
|
||||
else
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
|
||||
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
|
||||
dnl in configure.in.
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
|
||||
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLSUB)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(ud_GNU_GETTEXT,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h unistd.h values.h])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
ud_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
ud_WITH_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
|
||||
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
|
||||
LINGUAS=
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
|
||||
NEW_LINGUAS=
|
||||
for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
|
||||
case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
|
||||
*$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
|
||||
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
|
||||
dnl For now we know about two different formats:
|
||||
dnl Linux and the normal X/Open format
|
||||
test -d intl || mkdir intl
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
|
||||
dnl cannot handle comments.
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
|
||||
sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
|
||||
$srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
|
||||
dnl be included in po/Makefile.
|
||||
test -d po || mkdir po
|
||||
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
|
||||
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
|
||||
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
|
||||
else
|
||||
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
posrcprefix="../"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
|
||||
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
|
||||
])
|
||||
19
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/ChangeLog
Normal file
19
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/ChangeLog
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 13:33:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 18:16:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* testdata:
|
||||
Correct data for NUL padded output format. Previous algorithm did not
|
||||
care for the content of the last bytes which are not filled be the
|
||||
input data but are necessary for the last 3-byte group.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 16:49:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 3 00:16:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Initial revision.
|
||||
|
||||
72
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/Makefile
Normal file
72
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
# Makefile for check subdirectory in GNU gettext package.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = sharutils
|
||||
VERSION = 4.2.1
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = .
|
||||
top_srcdir = ..
|
||||
|
||||
subdir = checks
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TESTSRCS = testdata
|
||||
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in $(TESTSRCS)
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
|
||||
check:
|
||||
rm -f test.bin test.tmp
|
||||
../src/uudecode $(srcdir)/testdata
|
||||
../src/uuencode test.bin test.bin > test.tmp
|
||||
cmp $(srcdir)/testdata test.tmp || exit 1
|
||||
rm -f test.bin test.tmp
|
||||
@echo ==========================
|
||||
@echo All checks are successful.
|
||||
@echo ==========================
|
||||
|
||||
install uninstall tags TAGS id ID:
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f core core.* *.tmp test.bin
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
72
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/Makefile.in
Normal file
72
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/Makefile.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for check subdirectory in GNU gettext package.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
subdir = checks
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TESTSRCS = testdata
|
||||
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in $(TESTSRCS)
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
|
||||
check:
|
||||
rm -f test.bin test.tmp
|
||||
../src/uudecode $(srcdir)/testdata
|
||||
../src/uuencode test.bin test.bin > test.tmp
|
||||
cmp $(srcdir)/testdata test.tmp || exit 1
|
||||
rm -f test.bin test.tmp
|
||||
@echo ==========================
|
||||
@echo All checks are successful.
|
||||
@echo ==========================
|
||||
|
||||
install uninstall tags TAGS id ID:
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f core core.* *.tmp test.bin
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
9
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/testdata
Normal file
9
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/checks/testdata
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
begin 664 test.bin
|
||||
M``$"`P0%!@<("0H+#`T.#Q`1$A,4%187&!D:&QP='A\@(2(C)"4F)R@I*BLL
|
||||
M+2XO,#$R,S0U-C<X.3H[/#T^/T!!0D-$149'2$E*2TQ-3D]045)35%565UA9
|
||||
M6EM<75Y?8&%B8V1E9F=H:6IK;&UN;W!Q<G-T=79W>'EZ>WQ]?G^`@8*#A(6&
|
||||
MAXB)BHN,C8Z/D)&2DY25EI>8F9J;G)V>GZ"AHJ.DI::GJ*FJJZRMKJ^PL;*S
|
||||
MM+6VM[BYNKN\O;Z_P,'"P\3%QL?(R<K+S,W.S]#1TM/4U=;7V-G:V]S=WM_@
|
||||
?X>+CY.7FY^CIZNOL[>[O\/'R\_3U]O?X^?K[_/W^_P``
|
||||
`
|
||||
end
|
||||
87
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.cache
Normal file
87
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.cache
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
|
||||
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
|
||||
# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
|
||||
# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
|
||||
# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
|
||||
# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
|
||||
# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
|
||||
# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
|
||||
# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
|
||||
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
|
||||
# --recheck option to rerun configure.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=${ac_cv_c_bigendian='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_c_char_unsigned=${ac_cv_c_char_unsigned='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_c_const=${ac_cv_c_const='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_c_cross=${ac_cv_c_cross='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_c_inline=${ac_cv_c_inline='inline'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_alloca=${ac_cv_func_alloca='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_basename=${ac_cv_func_basename='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_catgets=${ac_cv_func_catgets='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_closedir_void=${ac_cv_func_closedir_void='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_fchmod=${ac_cv_func_fchmod='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_getcwd=${ac_cv_func_getcwd='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_getpagesize=${ac_cv_func_getpagesize='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_gettext=${ac_cv_func_gettext='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_isascii=${ac_cv_func_isascii='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_memcpy=${ac_cv_func_memcpy='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_memset=${ac_cv_func_memset='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_mktime=${ac_cv_func_mktime='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_mmap=${ac_cv_func_mmap='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_munmap=${ac_cv_func_munmap='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_putenv=${ac_cv_func_putenv='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_setenv=${ac_cv_func_setenv='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_setlocale=${ac_cv_func_setlocale='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_stpcpy=${ac_cv_func_stpcpy='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strcasecmp=${ac_cv_func_strcasecmp='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strchr=${ac_cv_func_strchr='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strerror=${ac_cv_func_strerror='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strftime=${ac_cv_func_strftime='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_uname=${ac_cv_func_uname='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_valloc=${ac_cv_func_valloc='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_func_vprintf=${ac_cv_func_vprintf='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_alloca_h=${ac_cv_header_alloca_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_dirent_dirent_h=${ac_cv_header_dirent_dirent_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_limits_h=${ac_cv_header_limits_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_locale_h=${ac_cv_header_locale_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_malloc_h=${ac_cv_header_malloc_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_memory_h=${ac_cv_header_memory_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_minix_config_h=${ac_cv_header_minix_config_h='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_nl_types_h=${ac_cv_header_nl_types_h='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_stat_broken=${ac_cv_header_stat_broken='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_stdc=${ac_cv_header_stdc='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_string_h=${ac_cv_header_string_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_unistd_h=${ac_cv_header_unistd_h='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_header_values_h=${ac_cv_header_values_h='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_lib_dir=${ac_cv_lib_dir='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_lib_i=${ac_cv_lib_i='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_lib_intl=${ac_cv_lib_intl='no'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_DIFF=${ac_cv_path_DIFF='/bin/diff'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT=${ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT='msgfmt'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_MAILER=${ac_cv_path_MAILER='/bin/mail'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_MSGFMT=${ac_cv_path_MSGFMT='msgfmt'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_PERL=${ac_cv_path_PERL='/boot/home/config/bin/perl'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_SH=${ac_cv_path_SH='/bin/sh'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_TAR=${ac_cv_path_TAR='/bin/tar'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=${ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT='xgettext'}
|
||||
ac_cv_path_install=${ac_cv_path_install=''/bin/install -c''}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_CC=${ac_cv_prog_CC='gcc'}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_CPP=${ac_cv_prog_CPP=''gcc -E''}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB='ranlib'}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=''}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_gcc=${ac_cv_prog_gcc='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_gcc_g=${ac_cv_prog_gcc_g='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_prog_make_make_set=${ac_cv_prog_make_make_set='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_struct_tm=${ac_cv_struct_tm='time.h'}
|
||||
ac_cv_struct_tm_zone=${ac_cv_struct_tm_zone='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_type_off_t=${ac_cv_type_off_t='yes'}
|
||||
ac_cv_type_size_t=${ac_cv_type_size_t='yes'}
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=${nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext='no'}
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=${nls_cv_header_intl='intl/libintl.h'}
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=${nls_cv_header_libgt='intl/libgettext.h'}
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=${nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext='yes'}
|
||||
nls_cv_use_nls=${nls_cv_use_nls='yes'}
|
||||
ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=${ud_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES='yes'}
|
||||
220
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.h
Normal file
220
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
|
||||
/* config.h. Generated automatically by configure. */
|
||||
/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on AIX 3.
|
||||
System headers sometimes define this.
|
||||
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
/* #undef _ALL_SOURCE */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
|
||||
/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if type char is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */
|
||||
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
|
||||
/* #undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int. */
|
||||
/* #undef CLOSEDIR_VOID */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
|
||||
/* #undef const */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
|
||||
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
|
||||
/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_MMAP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strftime function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRFTIME 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct tm has tm_zone. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have tm_zone but do have the external array
|
||||
tzname. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_TZNAME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
|
||||
/* #undef inline */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on MINIX. */
|
||||
/* #undef _MINIX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
/* #undef off_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
|
||||
with this defined. */
|
||||
/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
|
||||
/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
/* #undef size_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
|
||||
/* #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
|
||||
/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
|
||||
byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
|
||||
/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the current hostname may be found in /etc/systemid. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_ETC_SYSTEMID */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE "sharutils"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable. */
|
||||
#define PROTOTYPES 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
|
||||
#define VERSION "4.2.1"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library. See
|
||||
site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz. */
|
||||
/* #undef WITH_DMALLOC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
//#define ENABLE_NLS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CATGETS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_GETTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the basename function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_BASENAME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the fchmod function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_FCHMOD */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the isascii function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ISASCII 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the memcpy function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_MUNMAP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SETENV */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strerror function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the uname function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_UNAME 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the valloc function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_VALLOC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_NDIR_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_VALUES_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_LIBI */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the intl library (-lintl). */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_LIBINTL */
|
||||
219
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.h.in
Normal file
219
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.h.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
|
||||
/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on AIX 3.
|
||||
System headers sometimes define this.
|
||||
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
#undef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
|
||||
#undef C_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if type char is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */
|
||||
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
|
||||
#undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int. */
|
||||
#undef CLOSEDIR_VOID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
|
||||
#undef const
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
|
||||
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
|
||||
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strftime function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct tm has tm_zone. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have tm_zone but do have the external array
|
||||
tzname. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_TZNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
|
||||
#undef inline
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on MINIX. */
|
||||
#undef _MINIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef off_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
|
||||
with this defined. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef size_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
|
||||
#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
|
||||
#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
|
||||
byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
|
||||
#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the current hostname may be found in /etc/systemid. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ETC_SYSTEMID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable. */
|
||||
#undef PROTOTYPES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
|
||||
#undef VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library. See
|
||||
site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz. */
|
||||
#undef WITH_DMALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the basename function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BASENAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the fchmod function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FCHMOD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the isascii function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ISASCII
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the memcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strerror function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the uname function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the valloc function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VALUES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBI
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the intl library (-lintl). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL
|
||||
100
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.log
Normal file
100
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.log
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
|
||||
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
|
||||
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1115: minix/config.h: No such file or directory
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1425: `bogus' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1425: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1425: for each function it appears in.)
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1425: parse error before `endian'
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c -ldir
|
||||
/boot/develop/tools/gnupro/bin/ld: cannot open -ldir: No such file or directory
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -c -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccyhLt2n.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1951: undefined reference to `basename'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccxZzBNi.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1951: undefined reference to `fchmod'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:1940: warning: conflicting types for built-in function `memcpy'
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c -lintl
|
||||
/boot/develop/tools/gnupro/bin/ld: cannot open -lintl: No such file or directory
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2419: warning: conflicting types for built-in function `memset'
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccV9j0pv.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2547: undefined reference to `getpagesize'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2588: sys/mman.h: No such file or directory
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2680: nl_types.h: No such file or directory
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
gcc -E
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2680: values.h: No such file or directory
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccMQX6EV.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2730: undefined reference to `munmap'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccT2ZPTm.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2730: undefined reference to `setenv'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c -li
|
||||
/boot/develop/tools/gnupro/bin/ld: cannot open -li: No such file or directory
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccdLAXjF.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:2984: undefined reference to `gettext'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
gcc -o conftest -g -O conftest.c
|
||||
/tmp/ccavKo9h.o: In function `t':
|
||||
/boot/home/Development/current/src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure:3189: undefined reference to `catgets'
|
||||
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||
411
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.status
Executable file
411
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/config.status
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Generated automatically by configure.
|
||||
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
|
||||
# This directory was configured as follows,
|
||||
# on host :
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ./configure
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
|
||||
# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
|
||||
|
||||
ac_cs_usage="Usage: ./config.status [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
|
||||
for ac_option
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$ac_option" in
|
||||
-recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
|
||||
echo "running ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure --no-create --no-recursion"
|
||||
exec ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure --no-create --no-recursion ;;
|
||||
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
|
||||
echo "./config.status generated by autoconf version 2.7"
|
||||
exit 0 ;;
|
||||
-help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
|
||||
echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
|
||||
*) echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
ac_given_srcdir=.
|
||||
ac_given_INSTALL="/bin/install -c"
|
||||
|
||||
trap 'rm -fr Makefile src/mail-files src/mailshar src/remsync contrib/Makefile lib/Makefile intl/Makefile intl/po2tbl.sed src/Makefile po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile checks/Makefile config.h conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
|
||||
|
||||
# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
|
||||
sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g$/@g/; /@g$/s/[\\&%]/\\&/g;
|
||||
s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\CEOF
|
||||
/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d
|
||||
|
||||
s%@CFLAGS@%-g -O%g
|
||||
s%@CPPFLAGS@%%g
|
||||
s%@CXXFLAGS@%%g
|
||||
s%@DEFS@%-DHAVE_CONFIG_H%g
|
||||
s%@LDFLAGS@%%g
|
||||
s%@LIBS@%%g
|
||||
s%@exec_prefix@%${prefix}%g
|
||||
s%@prefix@%/usr/local%g
|
||||
s%@program_transform_name@%s,x,x,%g
|
||||
s%@bindir@%${exec_prefix}/bin%g
|
||||
s%@sbindir@%${exec_prefix}/sbin%g
|
||||
s%@libexecdir@%${exec_prefix}/libexec%g
|
||||
s%@datadir@%${prefix}/share%g
|
||||
s%@sysconfdir@%${prefix}/etc%g
|
||||
s%@sharedstatedir@%${prefix}/com%g
|
||||
s%@localstatedir@%${prefix}/var%g
|
||||
s%@libdir@%${exec_prefix}/lib%g
|
||||
s%@includedir@%${prefix}/include%g
|
||||
s%@oldincludedir@%/usr/include%g
|
||||
s%@infodir@%${prefix}/info%g
|
||||
s%@mandir@%${prefix}/man%g
|
||||
s%@PACKAGE@%sharutils%g
|
||||
s%@VERSION@%4.2.1%g
|
||||
s%@PROGRAMS@%shar unshar uudecode uuencode%g
|
||||
s%@SCRIPTS@%mail-files mailshar remsync%g
|
||||
s%@MAN1PAGES@%shar unshar uuencode uudecode%g
|
||||
s%@MAN5PAGES@% uuencode%g
|
||||
s%@DIST_ALPHA@%README-alpha%g
|
||||
s%@CC@%gcc%g
|
||||
s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%${INSTALL}%g
|
||||
s%@INSTALL_DATA@%${INSTALL} -m 644%g
|
||||
s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%${INSTALL} -m 755%g
|
||||
s%@SET_MAKE@%%g
|
||||
s%@RANLIB@%ranlib%g
|
||||
s%@DIFF@%/bin/diff%g
|
||||
s%@MAILER@%/bin/mail%g
|
||||
s%@PERL@%/boot/home/config/bin/perl%g
|
||||
s%@SH@%/bin/sh%g
|
||||
s%@TAR@%/bin/tar%g
|
||||
s%@CPP@%gcc -E%g
|
||||
s%@U@%%g
|
||||
s%@ANSI2KNR@%%g
|
||||
s%@ALLOCA@%%g
|
||||
s%@LIBOBJS@% basename.o%g
|
||||
s%@MSGFMT@%msgfmt%g
|
||||
s%@GMSGFMT@%msgfmt%g
|
||||
s%@XGETTEXT@%xgettext%g
|
||||
s%@GENCAT@%%g
|
||||
s%@CATALOGS@% de.gmo fr.gmo ja_JP.EUC.gmo nl.gmo pt.gmo sv.gmo%g
|
||||
s%@CATOBJEXT@%.gmo%g
|
||||
s%@DATADIRNAME@%share%g
|
||||
s%@GMOFILES@% de.gmo fr.gmo ja_JP.EUC.gmo nl.gmo pt.gmo sv.gmo%g
|
||||
s%@INSTOBJEXT@%.mo%g
|
||||
s%@INTLDEPS@%../intl/libintl.a%g
|
||||
s%@INTLLIBS@%../intl/libintl.a%g
|
||||
s%@INTLOBJS@%$(GETTOBJS)%g
|
||||
s%@INTLSUB@%intl%g
|
||||
s%@POFILES@% de.po fr.po ja_JP.EUC.po nl.po pt.po sv.po%g
|
||||
s%@POSUB@%po%g
|
||||
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_FILES=${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile src/mail-files src/mailshar src/remsync contrib/Makefile lib/Makefile intl/Makefile intl/po2tbl.sed src/Makefile po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile checks/Makefile"}
|
||||
for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
|
||||
# Support "outfile[:infile]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in
|
||||
*:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%.*:%%'`
|
||||
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
|
||||
*) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Adjust relative srcdir, etc. for subdirectories.
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
|
||||
ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
|
||||
if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
|
||||
# The file is in a subdirectory.
|
||||
test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
|
||||
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
|
||||
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
|
||||
ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
|
||||
.) srcdir=.
|
||||
if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
|
||||
else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
|
||||
/*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
*) # Relative path.
|
||||
srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
|
||||
top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
|
||||
[/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
|
||||
*) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
echo creating "$ac_file"
|
||||
rm -f "$ac_file"
|
||||
configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in
|
||||
*Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
|
||||
# $configure_input" ;;
|
||||
*) ac_comsub= ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
sed -e "$ac_comsub
|
||||
s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
|
||||
s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
|
||||
s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
|
||||
s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
|
||||
" -f conftest.subs $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file_in > $ac_file
|
||||
fi; done
|
||||
rm -f conftest.subs
|
||||
|
||||
# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
|
||||
# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
|
||||
ac_dA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)'
|
||||
ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*%\1#\2'
|
||||
ac_dC='\3'
|
||||
ac_dD='%g'
|
||||
# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
|
||||
ac_uA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
|
||||
ac_uB='\([ ]\)%\1#\2define\3'
|
||||
ac_uC=' '
|
||||
ac_uD='\4%g'
|
||||
# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
|
||||
ac_eA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
|
||||
ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
|
||||
ac_eC=' '
|
||||
ac_eD='%g'
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADERS=${CONFIG_HEADERS-"config.h"}
|
||||
for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
|
||||
# Support "outfile[:infile]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in
|
||||
*:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%.*:%%'`
|
||||
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
|
||||
*) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
echo creating $ac_file
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
|
||||
cp $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file_in conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}PACKAGE${ac_dB}PACKAGE${ac_dC}"sharutils"${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}PACKAGE${ac_uB}PACKAGE${ac_uC}"sharutils"${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}PACKAGE${ac_eB}PACKAGE${ac_eC}"sharutils"${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}VERSION${ac_dB}VERSION${ac_dC}"4.2.1"${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}VERSION${ac_uB}VERSION${ac_uC}"4.2.1"${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}VERSION${ac_eB}VERSION${ac_eC}"4.2.1"${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}PROTOTYPES${ac_dB}PROTOTYPES${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}PROTOTYPES${ac_uB}PROTOTYPES${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}PROTOTYPES${ac_eB}PROTOTYPES${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_dB}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_uB}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_eB}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_dB}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_uB}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_eB}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_MEMORY_H${ac_dB}HAVE_MEMORY_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_MEMORY_H${ac_uB}HAVE_MEMORY_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_MEMORY_H${ac_eB}HAVE_MEMORY_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_dB}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_uB}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_eB}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H${ac_dB}HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H${ac_uB}HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H${ac_eB}HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_dB}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_uB}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_eB}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_DIRENT_H${ac_dB}HAVE_DIRENT_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_DIRENT_H${ac_uB}HAVE_DIRENT_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_DIRENT_H${ac_eB}HAVE_DIRENT_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}STDC_HEADERS${ac_dB}STDC_HEADERS${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}STDC_HEADERS${ac_uB}STDC_HEADERS${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}STDC_HEADERS${ac_eB}STDC_HEADERS${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_TM_ZONE${ac_dB}HAVE_TM_ZONE${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_TM_ZONE${ac_uB}HAVE_TM_ZONE${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_TM_ZONE${ac_eB}HAVE_TM_ZONE${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_dB}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_uB}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_eB}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_ISASCII${ac_dB}HAVE_ISASCII${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_ISASCII${ac_uB}HAVE_ISASCII${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_ISASCII${ac_eB}HAVE_ISASCII${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_MEMCPY${ac_dB}HAVE_MEMCPY${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_MEMCPY${ac_uB}HAVE_MEMCPY${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_MEMCPY${ac_eB}HAVE_MEMCPY${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_dB}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_uB}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_eB}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRERROR${ac_dB}HAVE_STRERROR${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRERROR${ac_uB}HAVE_STRERROR${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRERROR${ac_eB}HAVE_STRERROR${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_UNAME${ac_dB}HAVE_UNAME${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_UNAME${ac_uB}HAVE_UNAME${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_UNAME${ac_eB}HAVE_UNAME${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_ALLOCA_H${ac_dB}HAVE_ALLOCA_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_ALLOCA_H${ac_uB}HAVE_ALLOCA_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_ALLOCA_H${ac_eB}HAVE_ALLOCA_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_ALLOCA${ac_dB}HAVE_ALLOCA${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_ALLOCA${ac_uB}HAVE_ALLOCA${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_ALLOCA${ac_eB}HAVE_ALLOCA${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRFTIME${ac_dB}HAVE_STRFTIME${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRFTIME${ac_uB}HAVE_STRFTIME${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRFTIME${ac_eB}HAVE_STRFTIME${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_VPRINTF${ac_dB}HAVE_VPRINTF${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_VPRINTF${ac_uB}HAVE_VPRINTF${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_VPRINTF${ac_eB}HAVE_VPRINTF${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_VALLOC${ac_dB}HAVE_VALLOC${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_VALLOC${ac_uB}HAVE_VALLOC${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_VALLOC${ac_eB}HAVE_VALLOC${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_dB}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_uB}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_eB}HAVE_LIMITS_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_dB}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_uB}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_eB}HAVE_LOCALE_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_MALLOC_H${ac_dB}HAVE_MALLOC_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_MALLOC_H${ac_uB}HAVE_MALLOC_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_MALLOC_H${ac_eB}HAVE_MALLOC_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_dB}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_uB}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_eB}HAVE_STRING_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_dB}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_uB}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_eB}HAVE_UNISTD_H${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_dB}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_uB}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_eB}HAVE_GETCWD${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_PUTENV${ac_dB}HAVE_PUTENV${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_PUTENV${ac_uB}HAVE_PUTENV${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_PUTENV${ac_eB}HAVE_PUTENV${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_SETLOCALE${ac_dB}HAVE_SETLOCALE${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_SETLOCALE${ac_uB}HAVE_SETLOCALE${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_SETLOCALE${ac_eB}HAVE_SETLOCALE${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_dB}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_uB}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_eB}HAVE_STRCHR${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STRCASECMP${ac_dB}HAVE_STRCASECMP${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STRCASECMP${ac_uB}HAVE_STRCASECMP${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STRCASECMP${ac_eB}HAVE_STRCASECMP${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_STPCPY${ac_dB}HAVE_STPCPY${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_STPCPY${ac_uB}HAVE_STPCPY${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_STPCPY${ac_eB}HAVE_STPCPY${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}HAVE_LC_MESSAGES${ac_dB}HAVE_LC_MESSAGES${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}HAVE_LC_MESSAGES${ac_uB}HAVE_LC_MESSAGES${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}HAVE_LC_MESSAGES${ac_eB}HAVE_LC_MESSAGES${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
${ac_dA}ENABLE_NLS${ac_dB}ENABLE_NLS${ac_dC}1${ac_dD}
|
||||
${ac_uA}ENABLE_NLS${ac_uB}ENABLE_NLS${ac_uC}1${ac_uD}
|
||||
${ac_eA}ENABLE_NLS${ac_eB}ENABLE_NLS${ac_eC}1${ac_eD}
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF
|
||||
s%^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
|
||||
CEOF
|
||||
sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
mv conftest.out conftest.in
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
|
||||
echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h
|
||||
cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
|
||||
rm -f conftest.in
|
||||
if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
|
||||
rm -f conftest.h
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f $ac_file
|
||||
mv conftest.h $ac_file
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi; done
|
||||
|
||||
ac_sources="intl/libgettext.h"
|
||||
ac_dests="intl/libintl.h"
|
||||
srcdir=$ac_given_srcdir
|
||||
while test -n "$ac_sources"; do
|
||||
set $ac_dests; ac_dest=$1; shift; ac_dests=$*
|
||||
set $ac_sources; ac_source=$1; shift; ac_sources=$*
|
||||
|
||||
echo "linking $srcdir/$ac_source to $ac_dest"
|
||||
|
||||
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_source; then
|
||||
{ echo "configure: error: $srcdir/$ac_source: File not found" 1>&2; exit 1; }
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f $ac_dest
|
||||
|
||||
# Make relative symlinks.
|
||||
# Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
|
||||
ac_dest_dir=`echo $ac_dest|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
|
||||
if test "$ac_dest_dir" != "$ac_dest" && test "$ac_dest_dir" != .; then
|
||||
# The dest file is in a subdirectory.
|
||||
test ! -d "$ac_dest_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dest_dir"
|
||||
ac_dest_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dest_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
|
||||
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dest_dir_suffix.
|
||||
ac_dots=`echo $ac_dest_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_dest_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$srcdir" in
|
||||
[/$]*) ac_rel_source="$srcdir/$ac_source" ;;
|
||||
*) ac_rel_source="$ac_dots$srcdir/$ac_source" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Make a symlink if possible; otherwise try a hard link.
|
||||
if ln -s $ac_rel_source $ac_dest 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
ln $srcdir/$ac_source $ac_dest; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
{ echo "configure: error: can not link $ac_dest to $srcdir/$ac_source" 1>&2; exit 1; }
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile; \
|
||||
test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
3955
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure
vendored
Executable file
3955
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure
vendored
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
138
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure.in
Normal file
138
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/configure.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
||||
# Configure template for GNU shar utilities.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
# FIXME: AC_HAVE_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
|
||||
# FIXME: AC_HAVE_FUNCS(gethostname getwd)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT(src/shar.c)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
|
||||
AC_ARG_PROGRAM
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE=sharutils
|
||||
VERSION=4.2.1
|
||||
ALL_LINGUAS="de fr ja_JP.EUC nl pt sv"
|
||||
PROGRAMS="shar unshar"
|
||||
SCRIPTS="mail-files mailshar"
|
||||
MAN1PAGES="shar unshar"
|
||||
MAN5PAGES=
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE")
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION")
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(VERSION)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PROGRAMS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SCRIPTS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MAN1PAGES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MAN5PAGES)
|
||||
|
||||
changequote(,)dnl
|
||||
case $VERSION in
|
||||
[0-9]*.[0-9]*.[0-9]*) DIST_ALPHA="README-alpha";;
|
||||
*) DIST_ALPHA=;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
changequote([, ])dnl
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DIST_ALPHA)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||
fp_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
|
||||
AC_PROG_RANLIB
|
||||
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Check that it is GNU diff indeed.
|
||||
# Carefully avoid gdiff for X as found on SGI systems.
|
||||
if (DISPLAY= gdiff /dev/null /dev/null) 2> /dev/null; then
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS(DIFF, gnudiff diffgnu gdiff diff, no)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS(DIFF, gnudiff diffgnu diff, no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Check that mailer accepts -s.
|
||||
PATH_save="$PATH"; PATH="$PATH:/usr/sbin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bin:/bin"
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS(MAILER, Mail mailx elm mush mail, no)
|
||||
PATH="$PATH_save"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Check that perl was found.
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(PERL, perl, no)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS(SH, bash sh, no)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Check that it is GNU tar indeed.
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS(TAR, gnutar targnu gtar tar, tar)
|
||||
|
||||
test $ac_cv_path_PERL = no || SCRIPTS="$SCRIPTS remsync"
|
||||
|
||||
AC_AIX
|
||||
AC_ISC_POSIX
|
||||
AC_MINIX
|
||||
AC_C_CROSS
|
||||
if test $cross_compiling = no; then
|
||||
AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fp_C_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AC_C_CONST
|
||||
AC_C_INLINE
|
||||
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h locale.h memory.h string.h sys/wait.h unistd.h)
|
||||
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STAT
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(basename fchmod getcwd isascii memcpy strchr strerror uname)
|
||||
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
|
||||
AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
|
||||
AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
|
||||
AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memset mktime stpcpy strftime)
|
||||
test "$ac_cv_func_basename" = yes || LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS basename.o"
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for /etc/systemid)
|
||||
if test -f /etc/systemid; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ETC_SYSTEMID)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(if uuencode and uudecode are wanted)
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(uucode,
|
||||
[ --disable-uucode disable installation of uuencode and uudecode],
|
||||
[if test "$enableval" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
PROGRAMS="$PROGRAMS uudecode uuencode"
|
||||
# uuencode.1 should install first, for uudecode.1 will be a link to it.
|
||||
MAN1PAGES="$MAN1PAGES uuencode uudecode"
|
||||
MAN5PAGES="$MAN5PAGES uuencode"
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi], [
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
PROGRAMS="$PROGRAMS uudecode uuencode"
|
||||
# uuencode.1 should install first, for uudecode.1 will be a link to it.
|
||||
MAN1PAGES="$MAN1PAGES uuencode uudecode"
|
||||
MAN5PAGES="$MAN5PAGES uuencode"
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
ud_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
fp_WITH_DMALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
# sharutils is somewhat special about internationalization in that it
|
||||
# always requires the GNU .mo files installed.
|
||||
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" = "x.mo" || test "x$CATOBJEXT" = "x.cat"; then
|
||||
new_CATALOGS=""
|
||||
for cat in $CATALOGS; do
|
||||
lang=`echo $cat | sed "s/\(.*\)\..*/\1/"`
|
||||
new_CATALOGS="$new_CATALOGS $cat $lang.gmo"
|
||||
done
|
||||
CATALOGS="$new_CATALOGS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile src/mail-files src/mailshar src/remsync contrib/Makefile \
|
||||
lib/Makefile intl/Makefile intl/po2tbl.sed src/Makefile \
|
||||
po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile checks/Makefile],
|
||||
[sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile; \
|
||||
test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h])
|
||||
64
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/Makefile
Normal file
64
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU shar utilities, contribution directory.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = sharutils
|
||||
VERSION = 4.2.1
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
srcdir = .
|
||||
|
||||
subdir = contrib
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = Makefile.in shar.sh shar2.sh bas-README uudecode.bas \
|
||||
pas-README pas-R.Marks pas-diffs uudecode.pas uuencode.pas \
|
||||
uudecode.pl uuencode.pl
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
|
||||
check:
|
||||
|
||||
install:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended only for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "rebuilding the deleted files may require special tools."
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=contrib/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
64
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/Makefile.in
Normal file
64
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/Makefile.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU shar utilities, contribution directory.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
subdir = contrib
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = Makefile.in shar.sh shar2.sh bas-README uudecode.bas \
|
||||
pas-README pas-R.Marks pas-diffs uudecode.pas uuencode.pas \
|
||||
uudecode.pl uuencode.pl
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
|
||||
check:
|
||||
|
||||
install:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended only for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "rebuilding the deleted files may require special tools."
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=contrib/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
25
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/bas-README
Normal file
25
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/bas-README
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
Relay-Version: version B 2.10.3 4.3bsd-beta 6/6/85; site hoptoad.uucp
|
||||
From: rde@ukc.ac.uk (R.D.Eager)
|
||||
Newsgroups: net.sources
|
||||
Subject: Revised UUDECODE in MS-BASIC
|
||||
Date: 14 Mar 86 11:53:53 GMT
|
||||
Date-Received: 15 Mar 86 13:45:45 GMT
|
||||
Reply-To: rde@ukc.ac.uk (R.D.Eager)
|
||||
|
||||
A while ago I posted a UUDECODE program, written in Microsoft Basic,
|
||||
to net.sources. Judging from the number of replies I had, people
|
||||
are finding this useful if they don't have access to the public
|
||||
domain UUDECODE, or to a C compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
I found one or two problems recently; the main one was that it would
|
||||
not create an output file of more than 64K due to an undocumented
|
||||
feature of MS-BASIC. Here is a corrected version; as always, I
|
||||
suggest you compile it if you want the run time to be finite.
|
||||
|
||||
Bob Eager
|
||||
|
||||
rde@ukc.UUCP
|
||||
rde@ukc
|
||||
...!mcvax!ukc!rde
|
||||
|
||||
Phone: +44 227 66822 ext 7589
|
||||
25
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/pas-R.Marks
Normal file
25
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/pas-R.Marks
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
From: rmarks@KSP.Unisys.COM (Richard Marks)
|
||||
Newsgroups: comp.binaries.ibm.pc.archives
|
||||
Subject: UUENCODE/DECODE 4.20
|
||||
Date: 14 Aug 91 14:26:44 GMT
|
||||
|
||||
I have just send in my latest UUENCODE/DECODE package to c.b.i.p
|
||||
for posting. This is level 4.20.
|
||||
|
||||
This package has been out for four years. It is fast and it automatically
|
||||
handles multi-section decoding - with automatic CRC testing. Just
|
||||
save submissions as foo1.uue, foo2.uue, etc.; download to the PC; and
|
||||
enter UUDECODE FOO.
|
||||
|
||||
Also this package handles lots of variations in checksums and character
|
||||
permutations. This includes XXencode/decode.
|
||||
|
||||
The 4.20 version replaces the 4.13 version. It is a minor update with
|
||||
some improved error messages, beeping to alert for errors, and detection
|
||||
of some additional character permutations. Also the prior default for the
|
||||
encode was to put a checksum on each line; now with the use of full file
|
||||
CRC's, the default has been changed to turn this off.
|
||||
|
||||
Regards,
|
||||
Richard Marks
|
||||
rmarks@MDC.unisys.COM
|
||||
45
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/pas-README
Normal file
45
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/pas-README
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
Here are versions of uuencode and uudecode that will work on an IBM
|
||||
PC. There is a version for Turbo Pascal and one for Microsoft C.
|
||||
Porting them into other machines, languages or dialects should not
|
||||
pose a large problem.
|
||||
|
||||
Sorry about the lack of documentation, but the programs are easy to
|
||||
use, so you should not have a problem. I don't know why a UNIX
|
||||
site would not have these in the first place, but at least your
|
||||
manual should tell you how to use them. If you are not using UNIX
|
||||
at all, you have my sympathy.
|
||||
|
||||
The Pascal programs' author is unknown. The C programs were
|
||||
provided by Don Kneller.
|
||||
|
||||
Tom Reingold
|
||||
Rockefeller University
|
||||
New York City
|
||||
UUCP: {seismo | harvard | ihnp4}!cmcl2!rna!rocky2!reintom
|
||||
BITNET: REINTOM@ROCKVAX
|
||||
ARPANET: reintom@rockefeller.arpa
|
||||
|
||||
======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Relay-Version: version B 2.10.3 4.3bsd-beta 6/6/85; site hoptoad.uucp
|
||||
From: darmon@polaris.UUCP (Pierre Darmon)
|
||||
Newsgroups: net.sources
|
||||
Subject: Modified Turbo Pascal uudecode/encode. More user-friendly.
|
||||
Date: 30 Oct 86 01:12:40 GMT
|
||||
Date-Received:
|
||||
Reply-To: darmon@polaris.UUCP (Pierre Darmon)
|
||||
Organization: IBM Research, Yorktown Heights, N.Y.
|
||||
|
||||
The following are the Turbo Pascal source files for uudecode and uuencode,
|
||||
modified from the net posting to display the remaining bytes to be processed,
|
||||
instead of filling up the screen with periods. It also displays the percentage
|
||||
left. See my previous posting to net.micro,net.micro.pc and net.sources for
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
Enjoy!
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
Pierre Darmon, IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center.
|
||||
.....seismo!philabs!polaris!darmon.
|
||||
darmon.yktvmz.ibm@csnet-relay
|
||||
144
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/pas-diffs
Normal file
144
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/pas-diffs
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
diff -u 870527-ibm-pc/README 861030-darmon/README
|
||||
--- 870527-ibm-pc/README Wed May 27 00:12:39 1987
|
||||
+++ 861030-darmon/README Sat Feb 11 20:45:04 1995
|
||||
@@ -1,20 +1,23 @@
|
||||
-Here are versions of uuencode and uudecode that will work on an IBM
|
||||
-PC. There is a version for Turbo Pascal and one for Microsoft C.
|
||||
-Porting them into other machines, languages or dialects should not
|
||||
-pose a large problem.
|
||||
+Relay-Version: version B 2.10.3 4.3bsd-beta 6/6/85; site hoptoad.uucp
|
||||
+From: darmon@polaris.UUCP (Pierre Darmon)
|
||||
+Newsgroups: net.sources
|
||||
+Subject: Modified Turbo Pascal uudecode/encode. More user-friendly.
|
||||
+Date: 30 Oct 86 01:12:40 GMT
|
||||
+Date-Received:
|
||||
+Reply-To: darmon@polaris.UUCP (Pierre Darmon)
|
||||
+Organization: IBM Research, Yorktown Heights, N.Y.
|
||||
|
||||
-Sorry about the lack of documentation, but the programs are easy to
|
||||
-use, so you should not have a problem. I don't know why a UNIX
|
||||
-site would not have these in the first place, but at least your
|
||||
-manual should tell you how to use them. If you are not using UNIX
|
||||
-at all, you have my sympathy.
|
||||
+The following are the Turbo Pascal source files for uudecode and uuencode,
|
||||
+modified from the net posting to display the remaining bytes to be processed,
|
||||
+instead of filling up the screen with periods. It also displays the percentage
|
||||
+left. See my previous posting to net.micro,net.micro.pc and net.sources for
|
||||
+details.
|
||||
|
||||
-The Pascal programs' author is unknown. The C programs were
|
||||
-provided by Don Kneller.
|
||||
+Enjoy!
|
||||
|
||||
-Tom Reingold
|
||||
-Rockefeller University
|
||||
-New York City
|
||||
-UUCP: {seismo | harvard | ihnp4}!cmcl2!rna!rocky2!reintom
|
||||
-BITNET: REINTOM@ROCKVAX
|
||||
-ARPANET: reintom@rockefeller.arpa
|
||||
+
|
||||
+--
|
||||
+
|
||||
+Pierre Darmon, IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center.
|
||||
+.....seismo!philabs!polaris!darmon.
|
||||
+darmon.yktvmz.ibm@csnet-relay
|
||||
Only in 861030-darmon: diffs
|
||||
diff -u 870527-ibm-pc/uudecode.pas 861030-darmon/uudecode.pas
|
||||
--- 870527-ibm-pc/uudecode.pas Wed May 27 00:12:39 1987
|
||||
+++ 861030-darmon/uudecode.pas Sat Feb 11 20:44:32 1995
|
||||
@@ -6,9 +6,11 @@
|
||||
TYPE string80 = string[80];
|
||||
|
||||
VAR infile: text;
|
||||
+ fi : file of byte;
|
||||
outfile: file of byte;
|
||||
lineNum: integer;
|
||||
line: string80;
|
||||
+ size,remaining :real;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Abort(message: string80);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -23,8 +25,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
begin {NextLine}
|
||||
LineNum := succ(LineNum);
|
||||
- write('.');
|
||||
- readln(infile, s)
|
||||
+ {write('.');}
|
||||
+ readln(infile, s);
|
||||
+ remaining:=remaining-length(s)-2; {-2 is for CR/LF}
|
||||
+ write('bytes remaining: ',remaining:7:0,' (',
|
||||
+ remaining/size*100.0:3:0,'%)',chr(13));
|
||||
end; {NextLine}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Init;
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +48,11 @@
|
||||
reset(infile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if IOresult > 0 then abort (concat('Can''t open ', infilename));
|
||||
- writeln ('Decoding ', infilename)
|
||||
+ writeln ('Decoding ', infilename);
|
||||
+ assign(fi,infilename); reset(fi);
|
||||
+ size:=FileSize(fi); close(fi);
|
||||
+ if size < 0 then size:=size+65536.0;
|
||||
+ remaining:=size;
|
||||
end; {GetInFile}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure GetOutFile;
|
||||
@@ -158,7 +167,7 @@
|
||||
then abort('Illegal character in line.');
|
||||
{ write(line[lineindex]:2);}
|
||||
if line[lineindex] = '`' then nextch := ' '
|
||||
- else nextch := line[lineIndex]
|
||||
+ else nextch := line[lineIndex]
|
||||
end; {nextch}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure DecodeByte;
|
||||
diff -u 870527-ibm-pc/uuencode.pas 861030-darmon/uuencode.pas
|
||||
--- 870527-ibm-pc/uuencode.pas Wed May 27 00:12:40 1987
|
||||
+++ 861030-darmon/uuencode.pas Sat Feb 11 20:44:51 1995
|
||||
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
|
||||
line: array [0..59] of char;
|
||||
hunk: array [0..2] of byte;
|
||||
chars: array [0..3] of byte;
|
||||
+ size,remaining :real;
|
||||
|
||||
{ procedure debug;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -70,6 +71,9 @@
|
||||
reset (infile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if IOResult > 0 then abort (concat ('Can''t open file ', infilename));
|
||||
+ size:=FileSize(infile);
|
||||
+ if size < 0 then size:=size+65536.0;
|
||||
+ remaining:=size;
|
||||
write('Uuencoding file ', infilename);
|
||||
|
||||
i := pos('.', infilename);
|
||||
@@ -131,7 +135,9 @@
|
||||
end; {writeout}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {FlushLine}
|
||||
- write ('.');
|
||||
+ {write ('.');}
|
||||
+ write('bytes remaining: ',remaining:7:0,' (',
|
||||
+ remaining/size*100.0:3:0,'%)',chr(13));
|
||||
writeout(chr(bytesInLine + offset));
|
||||
for i := 0 to pred(lineLength) do
|
||||
writeout(line[i]);
|
||||
@@ -167,6 +173,7 @@
|
||||
begin {encode1};
|
||||
if numbytes = bytesperhunk then flushhunk;
|
||||
read (infile, hunk[numbytes]);
|
||||
+ remaining:=remaining-1;
|
||||
numbytes := succ(numbytes)
|
||||
end; {encode1}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -190,5 +197,6 @@
|
||||
begin {uuencode}
|
||||
init;
|
||||
while not eof (infile) do encode1;
|
||||
- terminate
|
||||
+ terminate;
|
||||
+ writeln;
|
||||
end. {uuencode}
|
||||
176
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/shar.sh
Normal file
176
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/shar.sh
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
# UNISRC_ID: @(#)shar.sh 27.1 84/12/17
|
||||
: Make a shell archive package
|
||||
|
||||
# Usage: $0 [-b] [-c] [-t] [-v] files... > package
|
||||
# See the manual entry for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Initialize:
|
||||
|
||||
diagnostic='eval echo >&2' # diagnostics to stderr by default.
|
||||
trap '$diagnostic "$0: quitting early"; exit 1' 1 2 3 15
|
||||
base_option=FALSE # use pathnames, not basenames.
|
||||
check_option=FALSE # don't generate integrity check.
|
||||
USAGE='Usage: $0 \[-b] \[-c] \[-t] \[-v] files... \> package'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract and digest options, if any:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Un-comment the "-)" line below to treat single dashes as a no-op.
|
||||
# Commented means single dashes elicit a usage diagnostic.
|
||||
|
||||
while [ -n "$1" ] # while there are more arguments,
|
||||
do # digest them; stop when you find a non-option.
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
-b) base_option=TRUE; shift;;
|
||||
-c) check_option=TRUE; shift;;
|
||||
-v) verbose=TRUE; shift;;
|
||||
-t) verbose=TRUE; diagnostic='eval echo >/dev/tty'; shift;;
|
||||
### -) shift;; # if uncommented, eat single dashes.
|
||||
-*) $diagnostic $USAGE; exit 1;; # die at illegal options.
|
||||
*) break;; # non-option found.
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Check remaining arguments, which should be just a list of files:
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $# = 0 ]
|
||||
then # no arguments left!
|
||||
$diagnostic $USAGE
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Check the cupboard to see if the ingredients are all there:
|
||||
|
||||
contents='' # no files so far.
|
||||
contdirs='' # no directories so far.
|
||||
|
||||
for arg # for all files specified,
|
||||
do # establish the archive name.
|
||||
if [ -f "$arg" ]
|
||||
then # file exists and is not a directory.
|
||||
case $base_option in
|
||||
TRUE) unpack_name=`basename "$arg"` ;;
|
||||
FALSE) unpack_name="$arg" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
contents="$contents $unpack_name"
|
||||
|
||||
elif [ -d "$arg" ]
|
||||
then # file exists and is a directory.
|
||||
case $base_option in
|
||||
TRUE) $diagnostic '$0: cannot archive directory "$arg" with -b option.'
|
||||
exit 1 ;;
|
||||
FALSE) contdirs="$contdirs $arg/ " ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
else # not a plain file and not a directory.
|
||||
$diagnostic '$0: cannot archive "$arg"'
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Emit the prologue:
|
||||
# (The leading newline is for those who type csh instead of sh.)
|
||||
|
||||
cat <<!!!
|
||||
|
||||
# This is a shell archive. Remove anything before this line,
|
||||
# then unpack it by saving it in a file and typing "sh file".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wrapped by `who am i | sed 's/[ ].*//'` on `date`
|
||||
!!!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Emit the list of ingredients:
|
||||
|
||||
# Simple version (breaks if you shar lots of files at once):
|
||||
# echo "# Contents: $contdirs$contents"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Complex and cosmetic version to pack contents list onto lines that fit on
|
||||
# one terminal line ("expr string : .*" prints the length of the string):
|
||||
|
||||
MAX=80
|
||||
line='# Contents: '
|
||||
for item in $contdirs $contents
|
||||
do
|
||||
if [ `expr "$line" : '.*' + 1 + "$item" : '.*'` -lt $MAX ]
|
||||
then # length of old line + new item is short enough,
|
||||
line="$line $item" # so just append it.
|
||||
|
||||
else # new element makes line too long,
|
||||
echo "$line" # so put it on a new line.
|
||||
line="# $item" # start a new line.
|
||||
MAX=74 # compensate for tab width.
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
echo "$line"
|
||||
echo " "
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Emit the files and their separators:
|
||||
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
# Decide which name to archive under.
|
||||
case $base_option in
|
||||
TRUE) unpack_name=`basename "$arg"`
|
||||
test $verbose && $diagnostic "a - $unpack_name [from $arg]" ;;
|
||||
FALSE) unpack_name="$arg"
|
||||
test $verbose && $diagnostic "a - $arg" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Emit either a mkdir or a cat/sed to extract the file.
|
||||
if [ -d "$arg" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
echo "echo mkdir - $arg"
|
||||
echo "mkdir $arg"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "echo x - $unpack_name"
|
||||
separator="@//E*O*F $unpack_name//"
|
||||
echo "sed 's/^@//' > \"$unpack_name\" <<'$separator'"
|
||||
sed -e 's/^[.~@]/@&/' -e 's/^From/@&/' "$arg"
|
||||
echo $separator
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Emit chmod to set permissions on the extracted file;
|
||||
# this keels over if the filename contains "?".
|
||||
ls -ld $arg | sed \
|
||||
-e 's/^.\(...\)\(...\)\(...\).*/u=\1,g=\2,o=\3/' \
|
||||
-e 's/-//g' \
|
||||
-e 's?.*?chmod & '"$unpack_name?"
|
||||
echo " "
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# If the -c option was given, emit the checking epilogue:
|
||||
# (The sed script converts files to basenames so it works regardless of -b.)
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $check_option = TRUE ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
echo 'echo Inspecting for damage in transit...'
|
||||
echo 'temp=/tmp/shar$$; dtemp=/tmp/.shar$$'
|
||||
echo 'trap "rm -f $temp $dtemp; exit" 0 1 2 3 15'
|
||||
echo 'cat > $temp <<\!!!'
|
||||
case $base_option in
|
||||
TRUE) wc $@ | sed 's=[^ ]*/==' ;;
|
||||
FALSE) wc $contents | sed 's=[^ ]*/==' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
echo '!!!'
|
||||
echo "wc $contents | sed 's=[^ ]*/==' | "'diff -b $temp - >$dtemp'
|
||||
echo 'if [ -s $dtemp ]'
|
||||
echo 'then echo "Ouch [diff of wc output]:" ; cat $dtemp'
|
||||
echo 'else echo "No problems found."'
|
||||
echo 'fi'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Finish up:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 'exit 0' # sharchives unpack even if junk follows.
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
74
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/shar2.sh
Normal file
74
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/shar2.sh
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh -
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
# All rights reserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
# are met:
|
||||
# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
|
||||
# must display the following acknowledgement:
|
||||
# This product includes software developed by the University of
|
||||
# California, Berkeley and its contributors.
|
||||
# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
# without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
||||
# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
# SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @(#)shar.sh 5.2 (Berkeley) 5/23/90
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
|
||||
echo 'usage: shar file ...'
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
cat << EOF
|
||||
# This is a shell archive. Save it in a file, remove anything before
|
||||
# this line, and then unpack it by entering "sh file". Note, it may
|
||||
# create directories; files and directories will be owned by you and
|
||||
# have default permissions.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This archive contains:
|
||||
#
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
|
||||
for i
|
||||
do
|
||||
echo "# $i"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
echo "#"
|
||||
|
||||
for i
|
||||
do
|
||||
if [ -d $i ]; then
|
||||
echo "echo c - $i"
|
||||
echo "mkdir $i > /dev/null 2>&1"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "echo x - $i"
|
||||
echo "sed 's/^X//' >$i << 'END-of-$i'"
|
||||
sed 's/^/X/' $i
|
||||
echo "END-of-$i"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
echo exit
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
78
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uudecode.bas
Normal file
78
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uudecode.bas
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
1000 KEY OFF
|
||||
1001 DEFINT A-Z
|
||||
1010 REM Trap error opening input file
|
||||
1020 ON ERROR GOTO 1600
|
||||
1030 CLS
|
||||
1040 LOCATE 5,11
|
||||
1050 PRINT STRING$(40," ")
|
||||
1060 LOCATE 5,11
|
||||
1070 INPUT "Enter name of input file: ", INFILE$
|
||||
1080 OPEN INFILE$ FOR INPUT AS #1
|
||||
1090 LOCATE 8,10
|
||||
1100 PRINT STRING$(40," ")
|
||||
1110 REM Trap error opening output file
|
||||
1120 ON ERROR GOTO 1640
|
||||
1130 LOCATE 8,10
|
||||
1140 INPUT "Enter name of output file: ", OUTFILE$
|
||||
1150 OPEN "R", #2,OUTFILE$, 1
|
||||
1160 FIELD #2, 1 AS N$
|
||||
1170 REM Trap error at end of file
|
||||
1180 ON ERROR GOTO 1680
|
||||
1190 REM Search for header line
|
||||
1200 LINE INPUT #1,A$
|
||||
1210 IF LEFT$(A$,5) <>"begin" THEN 1200
|
||||
1220 LOCATE 11,10
|
||||
1230 PRINT "Header = ";A$
|
||||
1240 SP = ASC(" ")
|
||||
1250 DIM BUF(100)
|
||||
1260 RECNO# = 1
|
||||
1270 REM Main loop
|
||||
1280 LINE INPUT #1, A$
|
||||
1290 P = 0
|
||||
1300 COUNT = ASC(LEFT$(A$,1)) - SP
|
||||
1310 IF COUNT = 64 THEN COUNT = 0
|
||||
1320 IF COUNT = 0 THEN 1560
|
||||
1330 ADJ = COUNT MOD 4
|
||||
1340 FOR I = 2 TO LEN(A$) STEP 4
|
||||
1350 X1 = ASC(MID$(A$,I,I)) - SP
|
||||
1360 IF X1 = 64 THEN X1 = 0
|
||||
1370 X2 = ASC(MID$(A$,I+1,I+1)) - SP
|
||||
1380 IF X2 = 64 THEN X2 = 0
|
||||
1390 X3 = ASC(MID$(A$,I+2,I+2)) - SP
|
||||
1400 IF X3 = 64 THEN X3 = 0
|
||||
1410 X4 = ASC(MID$(A$,I+3,I+3)) - SP
|
||||
1420 IF X4 = 64 THEN X4 = 0
|
||||
1430 P = P + 1
|
||||
1440 BUF(P) = (X2\16) + (X1*4)
|
||||
1450 P = P + 1
|
||||
1460 BUF(P) = (X3\4) + ((X2 MOD 16) * 16)
|
||||
1470 P = P + 1
|
||||
1480 BUF(P) = X4 + ((X3 MOD 4) * 64)
|
||||
1490 NEXT I
|
||||
1500 FOR I = 1 TO P
|
||||
1510 LSET N$ = CHR$(BUF(I))
|
||||
1520 PUT #2, RECNO#
|
||||
1530 RECNO# = RECNO# + 1
|
||||
1540 NEXT I
|
||||
1550 GOTO 1280
|
||||
1560 END
|
||||
1570 REM
|
||||
1580 REM Error trapping routines
|
||||
1590 REM
|
||||
1600 LOCATE 22,20
|
||||
1610 PRINT "Can't open input file"
|
||||
1620 GOSUB 1740
|
||||
1630 RESUME 1020
|
||||
1640 LOCATE 22,20
|
||||
1650 PRINT "Can't open output file"
|
||||
1660 GOSUB 1740
|
||||
1670 RESUME 1090
|
||||
1680 LOCATE 22,20
|
||||
1690 PRINT "Header line not found"
|
||||
1700 GOSUB 1740
|
||||
1710 LOCATE 24,1
|
||||
1720 END
|
||||
1740 FOR I = 1 TO 5000: NEXT I
|
||||
1750 LOCATE 22,20
|
||||
1760 PRINT STRING$(30," ")
|
||||
1770 RETURN
|
||||
224
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uudecode.pas
Normal file
224
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uudecode.pas
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
|
||||
program uudecode;
|
||||
|
||||
CONST defaultSuffix = '.uue';
|
||||
offset = 32;
|
||||
|
||||
TYPE string80 = string[80];
|
||||
|
||||
VAR infile: text;
|
||||
fi : file of byte;
|
||||
outfile: file of byte;
|
||||
lineNum: integer;
|
||||
line: string80;
|
||||
size,remaining :real;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Abort(message: string80);
|
||||
|
||||
begin {abort}
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
if lineNum > 0 then write('Line ', lineNum, ': ');
|
||||
writeln(message);
|
||||
halt
|
||||
end; {Abort}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure NextLine(var s: string80);
|
||||
|
||||
begin {NextLine}
|
||||
LineNum := succ(LineNum);
|
||||
{write('.');}
|
||||
readln(infile, s);
|
||||
remaining:=remaining-length(s)-2; {-2 is for CR/LF}
|
||||
write('bytes remaining: ',remaining:7:0,' (',
|
||||
remaining/size*100.0:3:0,'%)',chr(13));
|
||||
end; {NextLine}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Init;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure GetInFile;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR infilename: string80;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {GetInFile}
|
||||
if ParamCount = 0 then abort ('Usage: uudecode <filename>');
|
||||
infilename := ParamStr(1);
|
||||
if pos('.', infilename) = 0
|
||||
then infilename := concat(infilename, defaultSuffix);
|
||||
assign(infile, infilename);
|
||||
{$i-}
|
||||
reset(infile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if IOresult > 0 then abort (concat('Can''t open ', infilename));
|
||||
writeln ('Decoding ', infilename);
|
||||
assign(fi,infilename); reset(fi);
|
||||
size:=FileSize(fi); close(fi);
|
||||
if size < 0 then size:=size+65536.0;
|
||||
remaining:=size;
|
||||
end; {GetInFile}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure GetOutFile;
|
||||
|
||||
var header, mode, outfilename: string80;
|
||||
ch: char;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure ParseHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR index: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
Procedure NextWord(var word:string80; var index: integer);
|
||||
|
||||
begin {nextword}
|
||||
word := '';
|
||||
while header[index] = ' ' do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
index := succ(index);
|
||||
if index > length(header) then abort ('Incomplete header')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
while header[index] <> ' ' do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
word := concat(word, header[index]);
|
||||
index := succ(index)
|
||||
end
|
||||
end; {NextWord}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {ParseHeader}
|
||||
header := concat(header, ' ');
|
||||
index := 7;
|
||||
NextWord(mode, index);
|
||||
NextWord(outfilename, index)
|
||||
end; {ParseHeader}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {GetOutFile}
|
||||
if eof(infile) then abort('Nothing to decode.');
|
||||
NextLine (header);
|
||||
while not ((copy(header, 1, 6) = 'begin ') or eof(infile)) do
|
||||
NextLine(header);
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
if eof(infile) then abort('Nothing to decode.');
|
||||
ParseHeader;
|
||||
assign(outfile, outfilename);
|
||||
writeln ('Destination is ', outfilename);
|
||||
{$i-}
|
||||
reset(outfile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if IOresult = 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
write ('Overwrite current ', outfilename, '? [Y/N] ');
|
||||
repeat
|
||||
read (kbd, ch);
|
||||
ch := UpCase(ch)
|
||||
until ch in ['Y', 'N'];
|
||||
writeln(ch);
|
||||
if ch = 'N' then abort ('Overwrite cancelled.')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
rewrite (outfile);
|
||||
end; {GetOutFile}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {init}
|
||||
lineNum := 0;
|
||||
GetInFile;
|
||||
GetOutFile;
|
||||
end; { init}
|
||||
|
||||
Function CheckLine: boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {CheckLine}
|
||||
if line = '' then abort ('Blank line in file');
|
||||
CheckLine := not (line[1] in [' ', '`'])
|
||||
end; {CheckLine}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
procedure DecodeLine;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR lineIndex, byteNum, count, i: integer;
|
||||
chars: array [0..3] of byte;
|
||||
hunk: array [0..2] of byte;
|
||||
|
||||
{ procedure debug;
|
||||
|
||||
var i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure writebin(x: byte);
|
||||
|
||||
var i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for i := 1 to 8 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
write ((x and $80) shr 7);
|
||||
x := x shl 1
|
||||
end;
|
||||
write (' ')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
for i := 0 to 3 do writebin(chars[i]);
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
for i := 0 to 2 do writebin(hunk[i]);
|
||||
writeln
|
||||
end; }
|
||||
|
||||
function nextch: char;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {nextch}
|
||||
lineIndex := succ(lineIndex);
|
||||
if lineIndex > length(line) then abort('Line too short.');
|
||||
if not (line[lineindex] in [' '..'`'])
|
||||
then abort('Illegal character in line.');
|
||||
{ write(line[lineindex]:2);}
|
||||
if line[lineindex] = '`' then nextch := ' '
|
||||
else nextch := line[lineIndex]
|
||||
end; {nextch}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure DecodeByte;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure GetNextHunk;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {GetNextHunk}
|
||||
for i := 0 to 3 do chars[i] := ord(nextch) - offset;
|
||||
hunk[0] := (chars[0] shl 2) + (chars[1] shr 4);
|
||||
hunk[1] := (chars[1] shl 4) + (chars[2] shr 2);
|
||||
hunk[2] := (chars[2] shl 6) + chars[3];
|
||||
byteNum := 0 {;
|
||||
debug }
|
||||
end; {GetNextHunk}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {DecodeByte}
|
||||
if byteNum = 3 then GetNextHunk;
|
||||
write (outfile, hunk[byteNum]);
|
||||
{writeln(bytenum, ' ', hunk[byteNum]);}
|
||||
byteNum := succ(byteNum)
|
||||
end; {DecodeByte}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {DecodeLine}
|
||||
lineIndex := 0;
|
||||
byteNum := 3;
|
||||
count := (ord(nextch) - offset);
|
||||
for i := 1 to count do DecodeByte
|
||||
end; {DecodeLine}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure terminate;
|
||||
|
||||
var trailer: string80;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {terminate}
|
||||
if eof(infile) then abort ('Abnormal end.');
|
||||
NextLine (trailer);
|
||||
if length (trailer) < 3 then abort ('Abnormal end.');
|
||||
if copy (trailer, 1, 3) <> 'end' then abort ('Abnormal end.');
|
||||
close (infile);
|
||||
close (outfile)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {uudecode}
|
||||
init;
|
||||
NextLine(line);
|
||||
while CheckLine do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
DecodeLine;
|
||||
NextLine(line)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
terminate
|
||||
end.
|
||||
24
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uudecode.pl
Normal file
24
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uudecode.pl
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
# uuencode in Perl.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
# `perl uudecode.pl FILES' will decode all uuencoded files found in
|
||||
# all input FILES, stripping headers and other non uuencoded data.
|
||||
|
||||
while (<>)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (/^begin [0-7][0-7][0-7] ([^\n ]+)$/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
open (OUTPUT, ">$1") || die "Cannot create $1\n";
|
||||
binmode OUTPUT;
|
||||
while (<>)
|
||||
{
|
||||
last if /^end$/;
|
||||
$block = unpack ("u", $_);
|
||||
print OUTPUT $block;
|
||||
}
|
||||
close OUTPUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
202
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uuencode.pas
Normal file
202
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uuencode.pas
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
|
||||
Program uuencode;
|
||||
|
||||
CONST header = 'begin';
|
||||
trailer = 'end';
|
||||
defaultMode = '644';
|
||||
defaultExtension = '.uue';
|
||||
offset = 32;
|
||||
charsPerLine = 60;
|
||||
bytesPerHunk = 3;
|
||||
sixBitMask = $3F;
|
||||
|
||||
TYPE string80 = string[80];
|
||||
|
||||
VAR infile: file of byte;
|
||||
outfile: text;
|
||||
infilename, outfilename, mode: string80;
|
||||
lineLength, numbytes, bytesInLine: integer;
|
||||
line: array [0..59] of char;
|
||||
hunk: array [0..2] of byte;
|
||||
chars: array [0..3] of byte;
|
||||
size,remaining :real;
|
||||
|
||||
{ procedure debug;
|
||||
|
||||
var i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure writebin(x: byte);
|
||||
|
||||
var i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for i := 1 to 8 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
write ((x and $80) shr 7);
|
||||
x := x shl 1
|
||||
end;
|
||||
write (' ')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for i := 0 to 2 do writebin(hunk[i]);
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
for i := 0 to 3 do writebin(chars[i]);
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
for i := 0 to 3 do writebin(chars[i] and sixBitMask);
|
||||
writeln
|
||||
end; }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Abort (message: string80);
|
||||
|
||||
begin {abort}
|
||||
writeln(message);
|
||||
close(infile);
|
||||
close(outfile);
|
||||
halt
|
||||
end; {abort}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Init;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure GetFiles;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR i: integer;
|
||||
temp: string80;
|
||||
ch: char;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {GetFiles}
|
||||
if ParamCount < 1 then abort ('No input file specified.');
|
||||
infilename := ParamStr(1);
|
||||
{$I-}
|
||||
assign (infile, infilename);
|
||||
reset (infile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if IOResult > 0 then abort (concat ('Can''t open file ', infilename));
|
||||
size:=FileSize(infile);
|
||||
if size < 0 then size:=size+65536.0;
|
||||
remaining:=size;
|
||||
write('Uuencoding file ', infilename);
|
||||
|
||||
i := pos('.', infilename);
|
||||
if i = 0
|
||||
then outfilename := infilename
|
||||
else outfilename := copy (infilename, 1, pred(i));
|
||||
mode := defaultMode;
|
||||
if ParamCount > 1 then
|
||||
for i := 2 to ParamCount do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
temp := Paramstr(i);
|
||||
if temp[1] in ['0'..'9']
|
||||
then mode := temp
|
||||
else outfilename := temp
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if pos ('.', outfilename) = 0
|
||||
then outfilename := concat(outfilename, defaultExtension);
|
||||
assign (outfile, outfilename);
|
||||
writeln (' to file ', outfilename, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
{$i-}
|
||||
reset(outfile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if IOresult = 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Write ('Overwrite current ', outfilename, '? [Y/N] ');
|
||||
repeat
|
||||
read (kbd, ch);
|
||||
ch := Upcase(ch)
|
||||
until ch in ['Y', 'N'];
|
||||
writeln (ch);
|
||||
if ch = 'N' then abort(concat (outfilename, ' not overwritten.'))
|
||||
end;
|
||||
close(outfile);
|
||||
|
||||
{$i-}
|
||||
rewrite(outfile);
|
||||
{$i+}
|
||||
if ioresult > 0 then abort(concat('Can''t open ', outfilename));
|
||||
end; {getfiles}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {Init}
|
||||
GetFiles;
|
||||
bytesInLine := 0;
|
||||
lineLength := 0;
|
||||
numbytes := 0;
|
||||
writeln (outfile, header, ' ', mode, ' ', infilename);
|
||||
end; {init}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure FlushLine;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure writeout(ch: char);
|
||||
|
||||
begin {writeout}
|
||||
if ch = ' ' then write(outfile, '`')
|
||||
else write(outfile, ch)
|
||||
end; {writeout}
|
||||
|
||||
begin {FlushLine}
|
||||
{write ('.');}
|
||||
write('bytes remaining: ',remaining:7:0,' (',
|
||||
remaining/size*100.0:3:0,'%)',chr(13));
|
||||
writeout(chr(bytesInLine + offset));
|
||||
for i := 0 to pred(lineLength) do
|
||||
writeout(line[i]);
|
||||
writeln (outfile);
|
||||
lineLength := 0;
|
||||
bytesInLine := 0
|
||||
end; {FlushLine}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure FlushHunk;
|
||||
|
||||
VAR i: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {FlushHunk}
|
||||
if lineLength = charsPerLine then FlushLine;
|
||||
chars[0] := hunk[0] shr 2;
|
||||
chars[1] := (hunk[0] shl 4) + (hunk[1] shr 4);
|
||||
chars[2] := (hunk[1] shl 2) + (hunk[2] shr 6);
|
||||
chars[3] := hunk[2] and sixBitMask;
|
||||
{debug;}
|
||||
for i := 0 to 3 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
line[lineLength] := chr((chars[i] and sixBitMask) + offset);
|
||||
{write(line[linelength]:2);}
|
||||
lineLength := succ(lineLength)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{writeln;}
|
||||
bytesInLine := bytesInLine + numbytes;
|
||||
numbytes := 0
|
||||
end; {FlushHunk}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure encode1;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {encode1};
|
||||
if numbytes = bytesperhunk then flushhunk;
|
||||
read (infile, hunk[numbytes]);
|
||||
remaining:=remaining-1;
|
||||
numbytes := succ(numbytes)
|
||||
end; {encode1}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure terminate;
|
||||
|
||||
begin {terminate}
|
||||
if numbytes > 0 then flushhunk;
|
||||
if lineLength > 0
|
||||
then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
flushLine;
|
||||
flushLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else flushline;
|
||||
writeln (outfile, trailer);
|
||||
close (outfile);
|
||||
close (infile);
|
||||
end; {terminate}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
begin {uuencode}
|
||||
init;
|
||||
while not eof (infile) do encode1;
|
||||
terminate;
|
||||
writeln;
|
||||
end. {uuencode}
|
||||
10
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uuencode.pl
Normal file
10
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/contrib/uuencode.pl
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
# uuencode in Perl - non tested.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
print "begin 644 $ARGV[0]\n";
|
||||
print pack ("u", $bloc) while read (STDIN, $bloc, 45);
|
||||
print "`\n";
|
||||
print "end\n";
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
65
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/ChangeLog
Normal file
65
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/ChangeLog
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
Mon Dec 4 16:51:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* unshar.1, shar.1: Update for 4.2 by Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Nov 30 23:16:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* remsync.texi: According to D.E.Knuth and Karl Berry `nonzero' is
|
||||
preferable to `non-zero'.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 25 02:45:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (version.texi): Also depend on ../configure.in.
|
||||
|
||||
* unshar.1, sharutils.texi:
|
||||
Correct double `in`. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
|
||||
|
||||
* remsync.texi: Correct double `the`. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 13:33:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Oct 28 01:50:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* sharutils.texi: Document -f option of unshar.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Sep 26 14:25:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* uuencode.1: Typo.
|
||||
|
||||
* uuencode.1: Document P1003.2b/D11 changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Sep 24 16:28:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* sharutils.texi: Add some comments about transmission checks.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Sep 20 23:51:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (transform):
|
||||
New variable. Gets its value from configure.
|
||||
(man1dir, man1ext, man5dir, man5ext): New variables for man page
|
||||
installation.
|
||||
(install-man): Correct some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (MAN1PAGES, MAN5PAGES): Let configure set the values.
|
||||
(install-man, uninstall-man): The for $(MAN5PAGES) to be empty; some
|
||||
shells don't like empty for argument lists.
|
||||
|
||||
* unshar.1, shar.1: Changes for 4.1.6 by Jan Djarv.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 16:58:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 10 22:34:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
|
||||
Was two times sharutils.info and remsync.info. Change one of
|
||||
them to sharutils.texi and remsync.texi.
|
||||
Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 3 00:27:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Initial revision.
|
||||
|
||||
156
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/Makefile
Normal file
156
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU Shar utility package documentation.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = sharutils
|
||||
VERSION = 4.2.1
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
srcdir = .
|
||||
top_srcdir = ..
|
||||
|
||||
transform = s,x,x,
|
||||
INSTALL = /bin/install -c
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
|
||||
MAKEINFO = makeinfo
|
||||
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
|
||||
TOUCH = echo timestamp >
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in mdate-sh sharutils.texi remsync.texi \
|
||||
shar.1 unshar.1 uuencode.1 uuencode.5 \
|
||||
texinfo.tex version.texi sharutils.info remsync.info stamp-vti
|
||||
MAN1PAGES = shar unshar uuencode uudecode
|
||||
MAN5PAGES = uuencode
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = /usr/local
|
||||
infodir = $(prefix)/info
|
||||
mandir = $(prefix)/man
|
||||
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
|
||||
man1ext = .1
|
||||
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
|
||||
man5ext = .5
|
||||
subdir = doc
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
|
||||
default: all
|
||||
|
||||
all info check: sharutils.info remsync.info
|
||||
|
||||
sharutils.info: sharutils.texi version.texi
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKEINFO) sharutils.texi
|
||||
|
||||
remsync.info: remsync.texi version.texi
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKEINFO) remsync.texi
|
||||
|
||||
dvi: sharutils.dvi remsync.dvi
|
||||
|
||||
sharutils.dvi: sharutils.texi texinfo.tex version.texi
|
||||
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/sharutils.texi
|
||||
|
||||
remsync.dvi: remsync.texi texinfo.tex
|
||||
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/remsync.texi
|
||||
|
||||
version.texi: stamp-vti
|
||||
stamp-vti: sharutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" > version.tmp
|
||||
echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
|
||||
&& $(SHELL) mdate-sh sharutils.texi`" >> version.tmp
|
||||
echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> version.tmp
|
||||
if cmp -s version.tmp version.texi; then \
|
||||
rm -f version.tmp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
mv -f version.tmp version.texi; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$(TOUCH) $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
|
||||
|
||||
install install-exec install-data: all
|
||||
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||
install-exec:
|
||||
install-data:
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(infodir)
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
for file in sharutils.info* remsync.info*; do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(infodir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
rm -f $(infodir)/sharutils.info* $(infodir)/remsync.info*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# man page installation is kept separate from install. Better think
|
||||
# GNU and switch to Info. The following is for irreductible fellows.
|
||||
|
||||
install-man:
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(man1dir)
|
||||
test -z "$(MAN5PAGES)" || $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(man5dir)
|
||||
for name in $(MAN1PAGES); do \
|
||||
if test $$name = uudecode; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(man1dir)/`echo uudecode | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
man1base=`echo $(man1dir) | sed 's@.*/\(.*\)@&1@'`; \
|
||||
echo ".so $$man1base/uuencode$(man1ext)" \
|
||||
> $(man1dir)/`echo uudecode | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$name.1 \
|
||||
$(man1dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
test -z "$(MAN5PAGES)" || \
|
||||
for name in $(MAN5PAGES); do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$name.5 \
|
||||
$(man5dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man5ext); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-man:
|
||||
for name in $(MAN1PAGES); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(man1dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
test -z "$(MAN5PAGES)" || \
|
||||
for name in $(MAN5PAGES); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(man5dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man5ext); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS ID:
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.log *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr
|
||||
rm -f *.tmp
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended only for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "rebuilding the deleted files may require special tools."
|
||||
rm -f stamp-vti version.texi sharutils.info* remsync.info*
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
156
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/Makefile.in
Normal file
156
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/Makefile.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU Shar utility package documentation.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
MAKEINFO = makeinfo
|
||||
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
|
||||
TOUCH = echo timestamp >
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in mdate-sh sharutils.texi remsync.texi \
|
||||
shar.1 unshar.1 uuencode.1 uuencode.5 \
|
||||
texinfo.tex version.texi sharutils.info remsync.info stamp-vti
|
||||
MAN1PAGES = @MAN1PAGES@
|
||||
MAN5PAGES = @MAN5PAGES@
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
infodir = $(prefix)/info
|
||||
mandir = $(prefix)/man
|
||||
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
|
||||
man1ext = .1
|
||||
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
|
||||
man5ext = .5
|
||||
subdir = doc
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
|
||||
default: all
|
||||
|
||||
all info check: sharutils.info remsync.info
|
||||
|
||||
sharutils.info: sharutils.texi version.texi
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKEINFO) sharutils.texi
|
||||
|
||||
remsync.info: remsync.texi version.texi
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKEINFO) remsync.texi
|
||||
|
||||
dvi: sharutils.dvi remsync.dvi
|
||||
|
||||
sharutils.dvi: sharutils.texi texinfo.tex version.texi
|
||||
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/sharutils.texi
|
||||
|
||||
remsync.dvi: remsync.texi texinfo.tex
|
||||
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/remsync.texi
|
||||
|
||||
version.texi: stamp-vti
|
||||
stamp-vti: sharutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" > version.tmp
|
||||
echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
|
||||
&& $(SHELL) mdate-sh sharutils.texi`" >> version.tmp
|
||||
echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> version.tmp
|
||||
if cmp -s version.tmp version.texi; then \
|
||||
rm -f version.tmp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
mv -f version.tmp version.texi; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$(TOUCH) $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
|
||||
|
||||
install install-exec install-data: all
|
||||
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||
install-exec:
|
||||
install-data:
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(infodir)
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
for file in sharutils.info* remsync.info*; do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(infodir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
rm -f $(infodir)/sharutils.info* $(infodir)/remsync.info*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# man page installation is kept separate from install. Better think
|
||||
# GNU and switch to Info. The following is for irreductible fellows.
|
||||
|
||||
install-man:
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(man1dir)
|
||||
test -z "$(MAN5PAGES)" || $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(man5dir)
|
||||
for name in $(MAN1PAGES); do \
|
||||
if test $$name = uudecode; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(man1dir)/`echo uudecode | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
man1base=`echo $(man1dir) | sed 's@.*/\(.*\)@&1@'`; \
|
||||
echo ".so $$man1base/uuencode$(man1ext)" \
|
||||
> $(man1dir)/`echo uudecode | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$name.1 \
|
||||
$(man1dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
test -z "$(MAN5PAGES)" || \
|
||||
for name in $(MAN5PAGES); do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$name.5 \
|
||||
$(man5dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man5ext); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-man:
|
||||
for name in $(MAN1PAGES); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(man1dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man1ext); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
test -z "$(MAN5PAGES)" || \
|
||||
for name in $(MAN5PAGES); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(man5dir)/`echo $$name | sed '$(transform)'`$(man5ext); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS ID:
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.log *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr
|
||||
rm -f *.tmp
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended only for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "rebuilding the deleted files may require special tools."
|
||||
rm -f stamp-vti version.texi sharutils.info* remsync.info*
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
92
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/mdate-sh
Executable file
92
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/mdate-sh
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
|
||||
LANG=C
|
||||
export LANG
|
||||
LC_ALL=C
|
||||
export LC_ALL
|
||||
LC_TIME=C
|
||||
export LC_TIME
|
||||
|
||||
# Get the extended ls output of the file.
|
||||
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
set - `ls -L -l $1`
|
||||
else
|
||||
set - `ls -l $1`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# The month is at least the fourth argument.
|
||||
# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
|
||||
# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
|
||||
month=
|
||||
until test $month
|
||||
do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
|
||||
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
|
||||
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
|
||||
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
|
||||
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
|
||||
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
|
||||
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
|
||||
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
|
||||
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
|
||||
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
|
||||
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
|
||||
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
day=$2
|
||||
|
||||
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
|
||||
# the time of day or the year.
|
||||
case $3 in
|
||||
*:*) set `date`; year=$7
|
||||
case $2 in
|
||||
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
|
||||
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
|
||||
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
|
||||
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
|
||||
May) nummonthtod=5;;
|
||||
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
|
||||
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
|
||||
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
|
||||
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
|
||||
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
|
||||
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
|
||||
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
|
||||
# be used for file modified in the last year.
|
||||
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
|
||||
then
|
||||
year=`expr year - 1`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*) year=$3;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# The result.
|
||||
echo $day $month $year
|
||||
709
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/remsync.info
Normal file
709
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/remsync.info
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,709 @@
|
||||
This is Info file remsync.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.63 from the
|
||||
input file remsync.texi.
|
||||
|
||||
This file documents the `remsync' command and friends, which have
|
||||
the purpose of synchronizing remote directory trees using email.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
|
||||
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
|
||||
preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
|
||||
this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
|
||||
the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
|
||||
permission notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
|
||||
manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
|
||||
versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
|
||||
translation approved by the Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Top, Next: Overview, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
|
||||
|
||||
`remsync'
|
||||
*********
|
||||
|
||||
`remsync' allows for remote synchronization of directory trees,
|
||||
using electronic mail.
|
||||
|
||||
The current `remsync' release is 1.3. This is an alpha state
|
||||
product, and this documentation is still sketchy.
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Overview:: Overview of `remsync' and friends
|
||||
* Remsync:: Specifications of program `remsync'
|
||||
* Services:: Specifications of other service programs
|
||||
* Formats:: Related file formats
|
||||
* Miscellaneous::
|
||||
|
||||
-- The Detailed Node Listing --
|
||||
|
||||
Overview of `remsync' and friends
|
||||
|
||||
* Internals:: How `remsync' works
|
||||
* Quick start:: Quick start at using `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
Quick start at using `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking remsync:: The `remsync' command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
Specifications of program `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking remsync:: The `remsync' command and arguments
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the `remsync' program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
The `remsync' command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the `remsync' program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
Specifications of other service programs
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking mailshar:: The `mailshar' command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking mail-files:: The `mail-files' command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking find-mailer:: The `find-mailer' command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
Related file formats
|
||||
|
||||
* Xremsync:: Format of the `.remsync' file
|
||||
* Package:: Format of transiting packages
|
||||
|
||||
Various considerations
|
||||
|
||||
* News:: Using News distribution instead?
|
||||
* Previous:: Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
|
||||
* mailsync:: mailsync
|
||||
* resync:: resync
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Overview, Next: Remsync, Prev: Top, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Overview of `remsync' and friends
|
||||
*********************************
|
||||
|
||||
The `remsync' program allows for transmitting, over email, selected
|
||||
parts of directories for trying to maintain up-to-date files over many
|
||||
sites. It sends out and processes incoming specially packaged files
|
||||
using `shar', `tar', `gzip' and electronic mail programs.
|
||||
|
||||
There is no *master* site, each site has an equal opportunity to
|
||||
modify files, and modified files are propagated. Among many other
|
||||
commands, the `broadcast' command sends an update package from the
|
||||
current site to all others, the `process' command is used to apply
|
||||
update packages locally after reception from remote sites.
|
||||
|
||||
The unit of transmission is whole files. For now, whenever a module
|
||||
is modified, it is silently synchronized only if it has been modified at
|
||||
only one place. The merging has to be done at the site where the
|
||||
discrepancy is observed, from where it is propagated again.
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Internals:: How `remsync' works
|
||||
* Quick start:: Quick start at using `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Internals, Next: Quick start, Prev: Overview, Up: Overview
|
||||
|
||||
How `remsync' works
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
How does `remsync' keep track of what is in sync, and what isn't?
|
||||
*Note Xremsync::, for a the documentation on the `.remsync' file
|
||||
format. I understand that a mere description of the format does not
|
||||
replace an explanation, but in the meantime, you might guess from the
|
||||
format how the program works.
|
||||
|
||||
All files are summarized by a checksum, computed by the `sum'
|
||||
program. There are a few variants of `sum' computing checksums in
|
||||
incompatible ways, under the control of options. `remsync' attempts to
|
||||
retrieve on each site a compatible way to do it, and complains if it
|
||||
cannot.
|
||||
|
||||
`remsync' does not compare dates or sizes. Experience shown that the
|
||||
best version of a file is not necessarily the one with the latest
|
||||
timestamp. The best version for a site is the current version on this
|
||||
site, as decided by its maintainer there, and this is this version that
|
||||
will be propagated.
|
||||
|
||||
Each site has an idea of the checksum of a file for all other sites.
|
||||
These checksums are not necessarily identical, for sites do not
|
||||
necessarily propagate to all others, and the propagation network maybe
|
||||
incomplete or asymmetrical in various ways.
|
||||
|
||||
Propagation is never done unattended. The user on a site has to call
|
||||
`remsync broadcast' to issue synchronization packages for other sites.
|
||||
If this is never done, the local modifications will never leave the
|
||||
site. The user also has to call `remsync process' to apply received
|
||||
synchronization packages. Applying a package does not automatically
|
||||
broadcast it further (maybe this could change?).
|
||||
|
||||
If a site A propagates some files to sites B and D, but not C, site
|
||||
B is informed that site D also received these files, and site D is
|
||||
informed that site B also received these files, so they will not
|
||||
propagate again the same files to one another. However, both site B
|
||||
and D are susceptible to propagate further the same files to site C.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that a site refuses to update a file, or modifies a
|
||||
file after having been received, or merges versions, or whatever. So,
|
||||
sites may have a wrong opinion of the file contents on other sites.
|
||||
These differences level down after a few exchanges, and it is very
|
||||
unlikely that a file would not be propagated when it should have.
|
||||
|
||||
This scheme works only when the various people handling the various
|
||||
files have confidence in one each other. If site B modifies a file
|
||||
after having received it from site A, the file will eventually be
|
||||
propagated back to site A. If the original file stayed undisturbed on
|
||||
site A, that is, if `remsync' proves that site B correctly knew the
|
||||
checksum of the original file, then the file will be replaced on site A
|
||||
without any user confirmation. So, the user on site A has to trust the
|
||||
changes made by the user on site B.
|
||||
|
||||
If the original file on site A had been modified after having been
|
||||
sent in a synchronization package, than it is the responsibility of the
|
||||
user on site A to correctly merge the local modifications with the
|
||||
modifications observed in the file as received from site B. This
|
||||
responsibility is real, since the merged file will later be propagated
|
||||
to the other sites in an authoritative way.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Quick start, Prev: Internals, Up: Overview
|
||||
|
||||
Quick start at using `remsync'
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Remsync, Next: Services, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Specifications of program `remsync'
|
||||
***********************************
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking remsync:: The `remsync' command and arguments
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the `remsync' program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Invoking remsync, Next: Conveniences, Prev: Remsync, Up: Remsync
|
||||
|
||||
The `remsync' command and arguments
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
|
||||
At the shell prompt, calling the command `remsync' without any
|
||||
parameters initiates an interactive dialog, in which the user types
|
||||
commands and receives feedback from the program.
|
||||
|
||||
The command `remsync', given at the shell prompt, may have
|
||||
arguments, in which case these arguments taken together form one
|
||||
`remsync' interactive command. However, `--help' and `--version'
|
||||
options are interpreted especially, with their usual effect in GNU.
|
||||
Once this command has been executed, no more commands are taken from
|
||||
the user and `remsync' terminates execution. This allows for using
|
||||
`remsync' in some kind of batch mode. It is unwise to redirect
|
||||
`remsync' standard input, because user interactions might often be
|
||||
needed in ways difficult to predict in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
The two most common usages of `remsync' are the commands:
|
||||
|
||||
remsync b
|
||||
remsync p
|
||||
|
||||
The first example executes the `broadcast' command, which sends
|
||||
synchronization packages to all connected remote sites for the current
|
||||
local directory tree.
|
||||
|
||||
The second example executes the `process' command, which studies and
|
||||
complies with a synchronisation package saved in the current directory
|
||||
(not necessarily into the synchronized directory tree), under the usual
|
||||
file name `remsync.tar.gz'.
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the `remsync' program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for `remsync'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Conveniences, Next: Commands, Prev: Invoking remsync, Up: Remsync
|
||||
|
||||
Automatic mechanisms in the `remsync' program
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
|
||||
The following points apply to many of the `remsync' commands. We
|
||||
describe them here once and for all.
|
||||
|
||||
* The file `.remsync' describes the various properties for the
|
||||
current synchronization. It is kept right in the top directory of
|
||||
a synchronized directory tree. Some commands may be executed
|
||||
without any need for this file. The program waits as far as
|
||||
possible before reading it.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the `.remsync' file is not found when required, and only then,
|
||||
the user is interactively asked to fill a questionnaire about it.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the `.remsync' file has been logically modified after having
|
||||
been read, or if it just has been created, the program will save
|
||||
it back on disk. But it will do so only before reading another
|
||||
`.remsync' file, or just before exit. A preexisting `.remsync'
|
||||
will be renamed to `.remsync.bak' before it is rewritten, when
|
||||
this is done, any previous `.remsync.bak' file is discarded.
|
||||
|
||||
* Many commands refer to previously entered information by repeating
|
||||
this information. For example, one can refer to a particular
|
||||
`scan' statement by entering the wildcard to be scanned by this
|
||||
statement. An alternative method of specifying a statement
|
||||
consists in using the decimal number which appears between square
|
||||
brackets in the result of a `list' command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Whenever a site list must be given, it is a space separated list of
|
||||
remote sites. If the list is preceeded by a bang (!), the list is
|
||||
complemented, that is, the sites that will be operated upon are all
|
||||
those *not* appearing in the list. As a special case, if the site
|
||||
list is completely empty, then all sites are selected.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Commands, Prev: Conveniences, Up: Remsync
|
||||
|
||||
Commands for `remsync'
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Program commands to `remsync' may be given interactively by the user
|
||||
sitten at a terminal. They can come from the arguments of the
|
||||
`remsync' call at the shell level. Internally, the `process' command
|
||||
might obey many sub-commands found in a received synchronization
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
Program commands are given one per line. Lines beginning with a
|
||||
sharp (#) and white lines are ignored, they are meant to increase
|
||||
clarity or to introduce user comments. With only a few exceptions,
|
||||
commands are introduced by a keyword and often contains other keywords.
|
||||
In all cases, the keywords specific to `remsync' may be abbreviated to
|
||||
their first letter. When there are many keywords in succession, the
|
||||
space separating them may be omitted. So the following commands are
|
||||
all equivalent:
|
||||
|
||||
list remote
|
||||
l remote
|
||||
list r
|
||||
l r
|
||||
listremote
|
||||
lr
|
||||
|
||||
while the following are not legal:
|
||||
|
||||
l rem
|
||||
lisremote
|
||||
|
||||
Below, for clarity, keywords are written in full and separated by
|
||||
spaces. Commands often accept parameters, which are then separated by
|
||||
spaces. All available commands are given in the table. The first few
|
||||
commands do not pre-require the file `.remsync'. The last three
|
||||
commands are almost never used interactively, but rather automatically
|
||||
triggered while `process''ing received synchronization packages.
|
||||
|
||||
`?'
|
||||
Display a quick help summary of available commands.
|
||||
|
||||
`!' [ SHELL-COMMAND ]
|
||||
If SHELL-COMMAND has been given, execute it right now as a shell
|
||||
command. When not given, rather start an interactive shell.
|
||||
Exiting from the shell will return to this program. The started
|
||||
shell is taken from the `SHELL' environment variable if set, else
|
||||
`sh' is used.
|
||||
|
||||
`quit'
|
||||
Leave the program normally and return to the shell.
|
||||
|
||||
`abort'
|
||||
Leave the program with a nonzero exit status and return to the
|
||||
shell. No attempt is made to save a logically modified `.remsync'
|
||||
file.
|
||||
|
||||
`visit' DIRECTORY
|
||||
Select another synchronized directory tree for any subsequent
|
||||
operation. DIRECTORY is the top directory of the synchronized
|
||||
directory tree.
|
||||
|
||||
`process' [ FILE ]
|
||||
`list' [ TYPE ]
|
||||
List all known statements about some information TYPE. Allowable
|
||||
keywords for TYPE are `local', `remote', `scan', `ignore' and
|
||||
`files'. The keyword `files' asks for all empty statements (see
|
||||
later). If TYPE is omitted, then list all known statements for
|
||||
all types, except those given by `files'.
|
||||
|
||||
[ `create' ] TYPE VALUE
|
||||
Create a new statement introducing a VALUE for a given TYPE.
|
||||
Allowable keywords for TYPE are `remote', `scan' and `ignore'.
|
||||
The `create' keyword may be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
For `create' `ignore', when the pattern is preceeded by a bang
|
||||
(!), the condition is reversed. That is, only those files which
|
||||
do match the pattern will be kept for synchronization.
|
||||
|
||||
`delete' TYPE VALUE
|
||||
Delete an existing statement supporting some VALUE for a given
|
||||
TYPE. Allowable keywords for TYPE are `remote', `scan' and
|
||||
`ignore'.
|
||||
|
||||
`email' REMOTE VALUE
|
||||
Modify the electronic mail address associated with some REMOTE
|
||||
site, giving it a new VALUE. The special `local' keyword for
|
||||
REMOTE may be used to modify the local electronic mail address.
|
||||
|
||||
`home' REMOTE VALUE
|
||||
Modify the top directory of the synchronized directory tree
|
||||
associated with some REMOTE site, giving it a new VALUE. The
|
||||
special `local' keyword for REMOTE may be used to modify the local
|
||||
top directory.
|
||||
|
||||
`broadcast' SITE_LIST
|
||||
Send by electronic mail an update package to all sites from
|
||||
SITE_LIST, containing for each site all and only those files which
|
||||
are known to be different between the remote site and here.
|
||||
|
||||
`version' VERSION
|
||||
This command is not meant for interactive use. It establishes the
|
||||
`remsync' version needed to process the incoming commands.
|
||||
|
||||
`from' SITE_LIST
|
||||
This command is not really meant for interactive use. The first
|
||||
site from the SITE_LIST is the remote site which originated the
|
||||
synchronization package. All the others are all the sites,
|
||||
including here, which were meant to be synchronized by the
|
||||
`broadcast' command that was issued at the originating remote site.
|
||||
|
||||
`sum' FILE CHECKSUM
|
||||
This command is not really meant for interactive use. It declares
|
||||
the CHECKSUM value of a particular FILE at the originating remote
|
||||
site. Also, if at least one `sum' command is received, then it is
|
||||
guaranteed that the originating remote site sent one `sum' command
|
||||
for each and every file to be synchronized, so any found local
|
||||
file which was not subject of any `sum' command does not exist
|
||||
remotely.
|
||||
|
||||
`if' FILE CHECKSUM PACKAGED
|
||||
This command is not really meant for interactive use. It directs
|
||||
the `remsync' program to check if a local FILE has a given
|
||||
CHECKSUM. If the checksum agrees, then the local file will be
|
||||
replaced by the PACKAGED file, as found in the received
|
||||
synchronization invoice.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Services, Next: Formats, Prev: Remsync, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Specifications of other service programs
|
||||
****************************************
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking mailshar:: The `mailshar' command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking mail-files:: The `mail-files' command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking find-mailer:: The `find-mailer' command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Invoking mailshar, Next: Invoking mail-files, Prev: Services, Up: Services
|
||||
|
||||
The `mailshar' command and arguments
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Invoking mail-files, Next: Invoking find-mailer, Prev: Invoking mailshar, Up: Services
|
||||
|
||||
The `mail-files' command and arguments
|
||||
======================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Invoking find-mailer, Prev: Invoking mail-files, Up: Services
|
||||
|
||||
The `find-mailer' command and arguments
|
||||
=======================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Formats, Next: Miscellaneous, Prev: Services, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Related file formats
|
||||
********************
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Xremsync:: Format of the `.remsync' file
|
||||
* Package:: Format of transiting packages
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Xremsync, Next: Package, Prev: Formats, Up: Formats
|
||||
|
||||
Format of the `.remsync' file
|
||||
=============================
|
||||
|
||||
The `.remsync' file saves all the information a site needs for
|
||||
properly synchronizing a directory tree with remote sites. Even if it
|
||||
is meant to be editable using any ASCII editor, it has a very precise
|
||||
format and one should be very careful while modifying it. The
|
||||
`.remsync' file is better handled through the `remsync' program and
|
||||
commands.
|
||||
|
||||
The `.remsync' file is made up of statements, one per line. Each
|
||||
line begins with a statement keyword followed by a single TAB, then by
|
||||
one or more parameters. The keyword may be omitted, in this case, the
|
||||
keyword is said to be *empty*, and the line begins immediately with the
|
||||
TAB. After the TAB, if there are two parameters or more, they should
|
||||
all be separated with a single space. There should not be any space
|
||||
between the last parameter and the end of line (unless there are
|
||||
explicit empty parameters).
|
||||
|
||||
The following table gives the possible keywords. Their order of
|
||||
presentation in the table is also the order of appearance in the
|
||||
`.remsync' file.
|
||||
|
||||
`remsync'
|
||||
This statement identifies the `.remsync' format. The only
|
||||
parameter states the file format version.
|
||||
|
||||
`local'
|
||||
This statement should appear exactly once, and has exactly two
|
||||
parameters. The first parameter gives the electronic mail address
|
||||
the other sites should use for sending synchronization packages
|
||||
here. The second parameter gives the name of the local directory
|
||||
tree to synchronize, in absolute notation.
|
||||
|
||||
`remote'
|
||||
This statement may appear zero, one or more times. Each occurrence
|
||||
connects the synchronized directory tree to another tree on a
|
||||
remote site. The first parameter gives one electronic mail
|
||||
address where to send remote synchronization packages. The second
|
||||
parameter gives the name of the corresponding directory tree for
|
||||
this remote electronic mail address, in absolute notation.
|
||||
|
||||
`scan'
|
||||
This statement may appear zero, one or more times. When it does
|
||||
not appear at all, the whole local directory tree will always be
|
||||
scanned, searching for files to synchronize. When the statement
|
||||
appears at least once, the whole local directory tree will not be
|
||||
scanned, but only those files or directories appearing in one of
|
||||
these statements. Each `scan' statement has exactly one
|
||||
parameter, giving one file or directory to be studied. These are
|
||||
usually given relative to top directory of the local
|
||||
synchronization directory tree. Shell wildcards are acceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
`ignore'
|
||||
This statement may appear zero, one or more times. Each
|
||||
occurrence has one parameter giving a regular expression,
|
||||
according to Perl syntax for regular expressions. These REGEXPs
|
||||
are applied against each file resulting from the scan. If any of
|
||||
the `ignore' expression matches one of resulting file, the file is
|
||||
discarded and is not subject to remote synchronization.
|
||||
|
||||
After all the statements beginning by the previous keywords, the
|
||||
`.remsync' file usually contains many statements having the empty
|
||||
keyword. The empty keyword statement may appear zero, one or more
|
||||
times. Each occurrence list one file being remotely synchronized. The
|
||||
first parameter gives an explicit file name, usually given relative to
|
||||
the top directory of the local synchronized directory tree. Shell
|
||||
wildcards are *not* acceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
Besides the file name parameter, there are supplementary parameters
|
||||
to each empty keyword statement, each corresponding to one remote
|
||||
statement in the `.remsync' file. The second parameter corresponds to
|
||||
the first remote, the third parameter corresponds to the second remote,
|
||||
etc. If there are more remote statements than supplementary parameters,
|
||||
missing parameters are considered to be empty.
|
||||
|
||||
Each supplementary parameter usually gives the last known checksum
|
||||
value for this particular file, as computed on its corresponding
|
||||
*remote* site. The parameter contains a dash `-' while the remote
|
||||
checksum is unknown. The checksum value for the *local* copy of the
|
||||
file is never kept anywhere in the `.remsync' file. The special value
|
||||
`666' indicates a checksum from hell, used when the remote file is
|
||||
known to exist, but for which contradictory information has been
|
||||
received from various sources.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Package, Prev: Xremsync, Up: Formats
|
||||
|
||||
Format of transiting packages
|
||||
=============================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Miscellaneous, Prev: Formats, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Various considerations
|
||||
**********************
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* News:: Using News distribution instead?
|
||||
* Previous:: Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: News, Next: Previous, Prev: Miscellaneous, Up: Miscellaneous
|
||||
|
||||
Using News distribution instead?
|
||||
================================
|
||||
|
||||
One correspondent thinks that perhaps the news distribution mechanism
|
||||
could be pressed into service for this job. I could have started from
|
||||
C-news, say, instead of from scratch, and have progressively bent
|
||||
C-news to behave like I wanted.
|
||||
|
||||
My feeling is that the route was shorter as I did it, from scratch,
|
||||
that it would have been from C-news. Of course, I could have removed
|
||||
the heavy administrative details of C-news: the history and `expire',
|
||||
the daemons, the `cron' entries, etc., then added the interactive
|
||||
features and specialized behaviors, but all this clean up would
|
||||
certainly have took energies. Right now, non counting the subsidiary
|
||||
scripts and shar/unshar sources, the heart of the result is a single
|
||||
(1200 lines) script written in Perl, which I find fairly more smaller
|
||||
and maintainable than a patched C-news distribution would have been.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: Previous, Prev: News, Up: Miscellaneous
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
|
||||
This is merely a place holder for previous documentation, waiting
|
||||
that I clean it up. You have no interest in reading further down.
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* mailsync:: mailsync
|
||||
* resync:: resync
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: mailsync, Next: resync, Prev: Previous, Up: Previous
|
||||
|
||||
mailsync
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: mailsync [ OPTION ] ... [ EMAIL_ADDRESS ] [ DIRECTORY ]
|
||||
or: mailsync [ OPTION ] ... SYNC_DIRECTORY
|
||||
|
||||
Option -i simply sends a `ihave' package, with no bulk files.
|
||||
Option -n inhibits any destructive operation and mailing.
|
||||
|
||||
In the first form of the call, find a synchronisation directory in
|
||||
DIRECTORY aimed towards some EMAIL_ADDRESS, then proceed with this
|
||||
synchronisation directory. EMAIL_ADDRESS may be the name of a file
|
||||
containing a distribution list. If EMAIL_ADDRESS is not specified, all
|
||||
the synchronisation directories at the top level in DIRECTORY are
|
||||
processed in turn. If DIRECTORY is not specified, the current
|
||||
directory is used.
|
||||
|
||||
In the second form of the call, proceed only with the given
|
||||
synchronisation directory SYNC_DIRECTORY.
|
||||
|
||||
For proceeding with a synchronisation directory, whatever the form of
|
||||
the call was, this script reads the `ident' files it contains to set
|
||||
the local user and directory and the remote user and directory. Then,
|
||||
selected files under the local directory which are modified in regard
|
||||
to the corresponding files in the remote directory are turned into a
|
||||
synchronisation package which is mailed to the remote user.
|
||||
|
||||
The list of selected files or directories to synchronize from the
|
||||
local directory are given in the `list' file in the synchronisation
|
||||
directory. If this `list' file is missing, all files under the local
|
||||
directory are synchronized.
|
||||
|
||||
What I usually do is to `cd' at the top of the directory tree to be
|
||||
synchronized, then to type `mailsync' without parameters. This will
|
||||
automatically prepare as many synchronisation packages as there are
|
||||
mirror systems, then email multipart shars to each of them. Note that
|
||||
the synchronisation package is not identical for each mirror system,
|
||||
because they do not usually have the same state of synchronisation.
|
||||
|
||||
`mailsync' will refuse to work if anything needs to be hand cleaned
|
||||
from a previous execution of `mailsync' or `resync'. Check for some
|
||||
remaining `_syncbulk' or `_synctemp' directory, or for a `_syncrm'
|
||||
script.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
- interrogate the user if `ident' file missing.
|
||||
- automatically construct the local user address.
|
||||
- create the synchronisation directory on the fly.
|
||||
- avoid duplicating work as far as possible for multiple sends.
|
||||
- have a quicker mode, depending on stamps, not on checksums.
|
||||
- never send core, executables, backups, `.nsf*', `*/_synctemp/*', etc.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: remsync.info, Node: resync, Prev: mailsync, Up: Previous
|
||||
|
||||
resync
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: resync [ OPTION ]... TAR_FILE
|
||||
or: resync [ OPTION ]... UNTARED_DIRECTORY
|
||||
|
||||
Given a tar file produced by mailsync at some remote end and already
|
||||
reconstructed on this end using unshar, or a directory containing the
|
||||
already untared invoice, apply the synchronization package locally.
|
||||
|
||||
Option -n inhibits destroying or creating files, but does everything
|
||||
else. It will in particular create a synchronization directory if
|
||||
necessary, produce the `_syncbulk' directory and the `_syncrm' script.
|
||||
|
||||
The synchronization directory for the package is automatically
|
||||
retrieved or, if not found, created and initialized. `resync' keeps
|
||||
telling you what it is doing.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a few cases when a resync should not complete without
|
||||
manual intervention. The common case is that several sites update the
|
||||
very same files differently since they were last resync'ed, and then
|
||||
mailsync to each other. The prerequisite checksum will then fail, and
|
||||
the files are then kept into the `_syncbulk' tree, which has a shape
|
||||
similar to the directory tree in which the files where supposed to go.
|
||||
For GNU Emacs users, a very handy package, called emerge, written by
|
||||
Dale Worley <drw@kutta.mit.edu>, helps reconciling two files
|
||||
interactiveley. The `_syncbulk' tree should be explicitely deleted
|
||||
after the hand synchronisation.
|
||||
|
||||
Another case of human intervention is when files are deleted at the
|
||||
mailsync'ing site. By choice, all deletions on the receiving side are
|
||||
accumulated in a `_syncrm' script, which is not executed automatically.
|
||||
Explicitely executed, `_syncrm' will remove any file in the receiving
|
||||
tree which does not exist anymore on the sender system. I often edit
|
||||
`_syncrm' before executing it, to remove the unwanted deletions (beware
|
||||
the double negation :-). The script removes itself.
|
||||
|
||||
All the temporary files, while resynchronizing, are held in
|
||||
`_synctemp', which is deleted afterwards; if something goes wrong, this
|
||||
directory should also be cleaned out by hand. `resync' will refuse to
|
||||
work if anything remains to be hand cleaned.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
- interrogates the user if missing receiving directory in `ident'.
|
||||
- allow `remote.sum' to be empty or non-existent.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Tag Table:
|
||||
Node: Top942
|
||||
Node: Overview2742
|
||||
Node: Internals3868
|
||||
Node: Quick start7142
|
||||
Node: Remsync7280
|
||||
Node: Invoking remsync7622
|
||||
Node: Conveniences9180
|
||||
Node: Commands11084
|
||||
Node: Services16240
|
||||
Node: Invoking mailshar16605
|
||||
Node: Invoking mail-files16788
|
||||
Node: Invoking find-mailer16987
|
||||
Node: Formats17162
|
||||
Node: Xremsync17410
|
||||
Node: Package21832
|
||||
Node: Miscellaneous21962
|
||||
Node: News22205
|
||||
Node: Previous23229
|
||||
Node: mailsync23583
|
||||
Node: resync26135
|
||||
|
||||
End Tag Table
|
||||
722
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/remsync.texi
Normal file
722
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/remsync.texi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
|
||||
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c %**start of header
|
||||
@setfilename remsync.info
|
||||
@settitle @code{remsync} reference manual
|
||||
@finalout
|
||||
@setchapternewpage odd
|
||||
@c %**end of header
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
This file documents the @code{remsync} command and friends, which have
|
||||
the purpose of synchronizing remote directory trees using email.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
||||
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
||||
are preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
@ignore
|
||||
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
|
||||
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
|
||||
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
|
||||
|
||||
@end ignore
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
||||
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
||||
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
||||
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
|
||||
by the Foundation.
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@title remsync, version 1.3
|
||||
@subtitle A remote synchronization utility
|
||||
@subtitle Edition 1.3, June 1994
|
||||
@author by @value{Francois} Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
@page
|
||||
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
||||
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
||||
are preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
||||
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
||||
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
||||
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
|
||||
by the Foundation.
|
||||
@end titlepage
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
|
||||
@top @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
@code{remsync} allows for remote synchronization of directory trees,
|
||||
using electronic mail.
|
||||
|
||||
The current @code{remsync} release is 1.3. This is an alpha state
|
||||
product, and this documentation is still sketchy.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Overview:: Overview of @code{remsync} and friends
|
||||
* Remsync:: Specifications of program @code{remsync}
|
||||
* Services:: Specifications of other service programs
|
||||
* Formats:: Related file formats
|
||||
* Miscellaneous::
|
||||
|
||||
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
|
||||
|
||||
Overview of @code{remsync} and friends
|
||||
|
||||
* Internals:: How @code{remsync} works
|
||||
* Quick start:: Quick start at using @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
Quick start at using @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking remsync:: The @code{remsync} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
Specifications of program @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking remsync:: The @code{remsync} command and arguments
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the @code{remsync} program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{remsync} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the @code{remsync} program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
Specifications of other service programs
|
||||
|
||||
* Invoking mailshar:: The @code{mailshar} command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking mail-files:: The @code{mail-files} command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking find-mailer:: The @code{find-mailer} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
Related file formats
|
||||
|
||||
* Xremsync:: Format of the @file{.remsync} file
|
||||
* Package:: Format of transiting packages
|
||||
|
||||
Various considerations
|
||||
|
||||
* News:: Using News distribution instead?
|
||||
* Previous:: Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
|
||||
* mailsync:: mailsync
|
||||
* resync:: resync
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@node Overview, Remsync, Top, Top
|
||||
@chapter Overview of @code{remsync} and friends
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{remsync} program allows for transmitting, over email, selected
|
||||
parts of directories for trying to maintain up-to-date files over many
|
||||
sites. It sends out and processes incoming specially packaged files
|
||||
using @code{shar}, @code{tar}, @code{gzip} and electronic mail programs.
|
||||
|
||||
There is no @emph{master} site, each site has an equal opportunity to
|
||||
modify files, and modified files are propagated. Among many other
|
||||
commands, the @code{broadcast} command sends an update package from the
|
||||
current site to all others, the @code{process} command is used to apply
|
||||
update packages locally after reception from remote sites.
|
||||
|
||||
The unit of transmission is whole files. For now, whenever a module is
|
||||
modified, it is silently synchronized only if it has been modified at
|
||||
only one place. The merging has to be done at the site where the
|
||||
discrepancy is observed, from where it is propagated again.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Internals:: How @code{remsync} works
|
||||
* Quick start:: Quick start at using @code{remsync}
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Internals, Quick start, Overview, Overview
|
||||
@section How @code{remsync} works
|
||||
|
||||
How does @code{remsync} keep track of what is in sync, and what isn't?
|
||||
@xref{Xremsync}, for a the documentation on the @file{.remsync} file
|
||||
format. I understand that a mere description of the format does not
|
||||
replace an explanation, but in the meantime, you might guess from the
|
||||
format how the program works.
|
||||
|
||||
All files are summarized by a checksum, computed by the @code{sum} program.
|
||||
There are a few variants of @code{sum} computing checksums in incompatible
|
||||
ways, under the control of options. @code{remsync} attempts to retrieve on
|
||||
each site a compatible way to do it, and complains if it cannot.
|
||||
|
||||
@code{remsync} does not compare dates or sizes. Experience shown that the
|
||||
best version of a file is not necessarily the one with the latest
|
||||
timestamp. The best version for a site is the current version on this
|
||||
site, as decided by its maintainer there, and this is this version
|
||||
that will be propagated.
|
||||
|
||||
Each site has an idea of the checksum of a file for all other sites.
|
||||
These checksums are not necessarily identical, for sites do not
|
||||
necessarily propagate to all others, and the propagation network maybe
|
||||
incomplete or asymmetrical in various ways.
|
||||
|
||||
Propagation is never done unattended. The user on a site has to call
|
||||
@code{remsync broadcast} to issue synchronization packages for other sites.
|
||||
If this is never done, the local modifications will never leave the
|
||||
site. The user also has to call @code{remsync process} to apply received
|
||||
synchronization packages. Applying a package does not automatically
|
||||
broadcast it further (maybe this could change?).
|
||||
|
||||
If a site @var{A} propagates some files to sites @var{B} and @var{D},
|
||||
but not @var{C}, site @var{B} is informed that site @var{D} also
|
||||
received these files, and site @var{D} is informed that site @var{B}
|
||||
also received these files, so they will not propagate again the same
|
||||
files to one another. However, both site @var{B} and @var{D} are
|
||||
susceptible to propagate further the same files to site @var{C}.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that a site refuses to update a file, or modifies a file
|
||||
after having been received, or merges versions, or whatever. So,
|
||||
sites may have a wrong opinion of the file contents on other sites.
|
||||
These differences level down after a few exchanges, and it is very
|
||||
unlikely that a file would not be propagated when it should have.
|
||||
|
||||
This scheme works only when the various people handling the various
|
||||
files have confidence in one each other. If site @var{B} modifies a
|
||||
file after having received it from site @var{A}, the file will
|
||||
eventually be propagated back to site @var{A}. If the original file
|
||||
stayed undisturbed on site @var{A}, that is, if @code{remsync} proves
|
||||
that site @var{B} correctly knew the checksum of the original file, then
|
||||
the file will be replaced on site @var{A} without any user confirmation.
|
||||
So, the user on site A has to trust the changes made by the user on site
|
||||
@var{B}.
|
||||
|
||||
If the original file on site @var{A} had been modified after having been
|
||||
sent in a synchronization package, than it is the responsibility of the
|
||||
user on site @var{A} to correctly merge the local modifications with the
|
||||
modifications observed in the file as received from site @var{B}. This
|
||||
responsibility is real, since the merged file will later be propagated
|
||||
to the other sites in an authoritative way.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Quick start, , Internals, Overview
|
||||
@section Quick start at using @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
@node Remsync, Services, Overview, Top
|
||||
@chapter Specifications of program @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Invoking remsync:: The @code{remsync} command and arguments
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the @code{remsync} program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for @code{remsync}
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Invoking remsync, Conveniences, Remsync, Remsync
|
||||
@section The @code{remsync} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
At the shell prompt, calling the command @code{remsync} without any
|
||||
parameters initiates an interactive dialog, in which the user types
|
||||
commands and receives feedback from the program.
|
||||
|
||||
The command @code{remsync}, given at the shell prompt, may have
|
||||
arguments, in which case these arguments taken together form one
|
||||
@code{remsync} interactive command. However, @samp{--help} and
|
||||
@samp{--version} options are interpreted especially, with their usual
|
||||
effect in GNU. Once this command has been executed, no more commands
|
||||
are taken from the user and @code{remsync} terminates execution.
|
||||
This allows for using @code{remsync} in some kind of batch mode.
|
||||
It is unwise to redirect @code{remsync} standard input, because
|
||||
user interactions might often be needed in ways difficult to predict
|
||||
in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
The two most common usages of @code{remsync} are the commands:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
remsync b
|
||||
remsync p
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
The first example executes the @code{broadcast} command, which sends
|
||||
synchronization packages to all connected remote sites for the current
|
||||
local directory tree.
|
||||
|
||||
The second example executes the @code{process} command, which studies
|
||||
and complies with a synchronisation package saved in the current
|
||||
directory (not necessarily into the synchronized directory tree), under
|
||||
the usual file name @file{remsync.tar.gz}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Conveniences:: Automatic mechanisms in the @code{remsync} program
|
||||
* Commands:: Commands for @code{remsync}
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Conveniences, Commands, Invoking remsync, Remsync
|
||||
@section Automatic mechanisms in the @code{remsync} program
|
||||
|
||||
The following points apply to many of the @code{remsync} commands.
|
||||
We describe them here once and for all.
|
||||
|
||||
@itemize @bullet
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
The file @file{.remsync} describes the various properties for the
|
||||
current synchronization. It is kept right in the top directory of a
|
||||
synchronized directory tree. Some commands may be executed without any
|
||||
need for this file. The program waits as far as possible before reading
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
If the @file{.remsync} file is not found when required, and only then,
|
||||
the user is interactively asked to fill a questionnaire about it.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
If the @file{.remsync} file has been logically modified after having
|
||||
been read, or if it just has been created, the program will save it back
|
||||
on disk. But it will do so only before reading another @file{.remsync}
|
||||
file, or just before exit. A preexisting @file{.remsync} will be
|
||||
renamed to @file{.remsync.bak} before it is rewritten, when this is
|
||||
done, any previous @file{.remsync.bak} file is discarded.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Many commands refer to previously entered information by repeating this
|
||||
information. For example, one can refer to a particular @code{scan}
|
||||
statement by entering the wildcard to be scanned by this statement.
|
||||
An alternative method of specifying a statement consists in using the
|
||||
decimal number which appears between square brackets in the result
|
||||
of a @code{list} command.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Whenever a site list must be given, it is a space separated list of
|
||||
remote sites. If the list is preceeded by a bang (@key{!}), the list is
|
||||
complemented, that is, the sites that will be operated upon are all
|
||||
those @emph{not} appearing in the list. As a special case, if the site
|
||||
list is completely empty, then all sites are selected.
|
||||
|
||||
@end itemize
|
||||
|
||||
@node Commands, , Conveniences, Remsync
|
||||
@section Commands for @code{remsync}
|
||||
|
||||
Program commands to @code{remsync} may be given interactively by the
|
||||
user sitten at a terminal. They can come from the arguments of the
|
||||
@code{remsync} call at the shell level. Internally, the @code{process}
|
||||
command might obey many sub-commands found in a received synchronization
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
Program commands are given one per line. Lines beginning with a sharp
|
||||
(@key{#}) and white lines are ignored, they are meant to increase
|
||||
clarity or to introduce user comments. With only a few exceptions,
|
||||
commands are introduced by a keyword and often contains other keywords.
|
||||
In all cases, the keywords specific to @code{remsync} may be abbreviated
|
||||
to their first letter. When there are many keywords in succession, the
|
||||
space separating them may be omitted. So the following commands are
|
||||
all equivalent:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
list remote
|
||||
l remote
|
||||
list r
|
||||
l r
|
||||
listremote
|
||||
lr
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
while the following are not legal:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
l rem
|
||||
lisremote
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
Below, for clarity, keywords are written in full and separated by
|
||||
spaces. Commands often accept parameters, which are then separated by
|
||||
spaces. All available commands are given in the table. The first few
|
||||
commands do not pre-require the file @file{.remsync}. The last three
|
||||
commands are almost never used interactively, but rather automatically
|
||||
triggered while @code{process}'ing received synchronization packages.
|
||||
|
||||
@table @asis
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{?}
|
||||
|
||||
Display a quick help summary of available commands.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{!} [ @var{shell-command} ]
|
||||
|
||||
If @var{shell-command} has been given, execute it right now as a shell
|
||||
command. When not given, rather start an interactive shell. Exiting
|
||||
from the shell will return to this program. The started shell is taken
|
||||
from the @code{SHELL} environment variable if set, else @code{sh} is
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{quit}
|
||||
|
||||
Leave the program normally and return to the shell.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{abort}
|
||||
|
||||
Leave the program with a nonzero exit status and return to the shell.
|
||||
No attempt is made to save a logically modified @file{.remsync} file.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{visit} @var{directory}
|
||||
|
||||
Select another synchronized directory tree for any subsequent operation.
|
||||
@var{directory} is the top directory of the synchronized directory tree.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{process} [ @var{file} ]
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{list} [ @var{type} ]
|
||||
|
||||
List all known statements about some information @var{type}. Allowable
|
||||
keywords for @var{type} are @code{local}, @code{remote}, @code{scan},
|
||||
@code{ignore} and @code{files}. The keyword @code{files} asks for all
|
||||
empty statements (see later). If @var{type} is omitted, then list all
|
||||
known statements for all types, except those given by @code{files}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item [ @code{create} ] @var{type} @var{value}
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new statement introducing a @var{value} for a given @var{type}.
|
||||
Allowable keywords for @var{type} are @code{remote}, @code{scan} and
|
||||
@code{ignore}. The @code{create} keyword may be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
For @code{create} @code{ignore}, when the pattern is preceeded by a bang
|
||||
(@key{!}), the condition is reversed. That is, only those files which
|
||||
do match the pattern will be kept for synchronization.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{delete} @var{type} @var{value}
|
||||
|
||||
Delete an existing statement supporting some @var{value} for a given
|
||||
@var{type}. Allowable keywords for @var{type} are @code{remote},
|
||||
@code{scan} and @code{ignore}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{email} @var{remote} @var{value}
|
||||
|
||||
Modify the electronic mail address associated with some @var{remote}
|
||||
site, giving it a new @var{value}. The special @code{local} keyword for
|
||||
@var{remote} may be used to modify the local electronic mail address.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{home} @var{remote} @var{value}
|
||||
|
||||
Modify the top directory of the synchronized directory tree associated
|
||||
with some @var{remote} site, giving it a new @var{value}. The special
|
||||
@code{local} keyword for @var{remote} may be used to modify the local
|
||||
top directory.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{broadcast} @var{site_list}
|
||||
|
||||
Send by electronic mail an update package to all sites from
|
||||
@var{site_list}, containing for each site all and only those files which
|
||||
are known to be different between the remote site and here.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{version} @var{version}
|
||||
|
||||
This command is not meant for interactive use. It establishes the
|
||||
@code{remsync} version needed to process the incoming commands.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{from} @var{site_list}
|
||||
|
||||
This command is not really meant for interactive use. The first site
|
||||
from the @var{site_list} is the remote site which originated the
|
||||
synchronization package. All the others are all the sites, including
|
||||
here, which were meant to be synchronized by the @code{broadcast}
|
||||
command that was issued at the originating remote site.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{sum} @var{file} @var{checksum}
|
||||
|
||||
This command is not really meant for interactive use. It declares the
|
||||
@var{checksum} value of a particular @var{file} at the originating
|
||||
remote site. Also, if at least one @code{sum} command is received, then
|
||||
it is guaranteed that the originating remote site sent one @code{sum}
|
||||
command for each and every file to be synchronized, so any found local
|
||||
file which was not subject of any @code{sum} command does not exist
|
||||
remotely.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{if} @var{file} @var{checksum} @var{packaged}
|
||||
|
||||
This command is not really meant for interactive use. It directs the
|
||||
@code{remsync} program to check if a local @var{file} has a given
|
||||
@var{checksum}. If the checksum agrees, then the local file will be
|
||||
replaced by the @var{packaged} file, as found in the received
|
||||
synchronization invoice.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Services, Formats, Remsync, Top
|
||||
@chapter Specifications of other service programs
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Invoking mailshar:: The @code{mailshar} command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking mail-files:: The @code{mail-files} command and arguments
|
||||
* Invoking find-mailer:: The @code{find-mailer} command and arguments
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Invoking mailshar, Invoking mail-files, Services, Services
|
||||
@section The @code{mailshar} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
@node Invoking mail-files, Invoking find-mailer, Invoking mailshar, Services
|
||||
@section The @code{mail-files} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
@node Invoking find-mailer, , Invoking mail-files, Services
|
||||
@section The @code{find-mailer} command and arguments
|
||||
|
||||
@node Formats, Miscellaneous, Services, Top
|
||||
@chapter Related file formats
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Xremsync:: Format of the @file{.remsync} file
|
||||
* Package:: Format of transiting packages
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Xremsync, Package, Formats, Formats
|
||||
@section Format of the @file{.remsync} file
|
||||
|
||||
The @file{.remsync} file saves all the information a site needs for
|
||||
properly synchronizing a directory tree with remote sites. Even if it
|
||||
is meant to be editable using any ASCII editor, it has a very precise
|
||||
format and one should be very careful while modifying it. The
|
||||
@file{.remsync} file is better handled through the @code{remsync}
|
||||
program and commands.
|
||||
|
||||
The @file{.remsync} file is made up of statements, one per line. Each
|
||||
line begins with a statement keyword followed by a single @key{TAB},
|
||||
then by one or more parameters. The keyword may be omitted, in this
|
||||
case, the keyword is said to be @emph{empty}, and the line begins
|
||||
immediately with the @key{TAB}. After the @key{TAB}, if there are two
|
||||
parameters or more, they should all be separated with a single space.
|
||||
There should not be any space between the last parameter and the end of
|
||||
line (unless there are explicit empty parameters).
|
||||
|
||||
The following table gives the possible keywords. Their order of
|
||||
presentation in the table is also the order of appearance in the
|
||||
@file{.remsync} file.
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item remsync
|
||||
This statement identifies the @file{.remsync} format. The only
|
||||
parameter states the file format version.
|
||||
|
||||
@item local
|
||||
This statement should appear exactly once, and has exactly two
|
||||
parameters. The first parameter gives the electronic mail address the
|
||||
other sites should use for sending synchronization packages here. The
|
||||
second parameter gives the name of the local directory tree to
|
||||
synchronize, in absolute notation.
|
||||
|
||||
@item remote
|
||||
This statement may appear zero, one or more times. Each occurrence
|
||||
connects the synchronized directory tree to another tree on a remote
|
||||
site. The first parameter gives one electronic mail address where to
|
||||
send remote synchronization packages. The second parameter gives the
|
||||
name of the corresponding directory tree for this remote electronic mail
|
||||
address, in absolute notation.
|
||||
|
||||
@item scan
|
||||
This statement may appear zero, one or more times. When it does not
|
||||
appear at all, the whole local directory tree will always be scanned,
|
||||
searching for files to synchronize. When the statement appears at least
|
||||
once, the whole local directory tree will not be scanned, but only those
|
||||
files or directories appearing in one of these statements. Each
|
||||
@code{scan} statement has exactly one parameter, giving one file or
|
||||
directory to be studied. These are usually given relative to top
|
||||
directory of the local synchronization directory tree. Shell wildcards
|
||||
are acceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
@item ignore
|
||||
This statement may appear zero, one or more times. Each occurrence has
|
||||
one parameter giving a regular expression, according to Perl syntax for
|
||||
regular expressions. These @var{regexp}s are applied against each file
|
||||
resulting from the scan. If any of the @code{ignore} expression matches
|
||||
one of resulting file, the file is discarded and is not subject to
|
||||
remote synchronization.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
After all the statements beginning by the previous keywords, the
|
||||
@file{.remsync} file usually contains many statements having the empty
|
||||
keyword. The empty keyword statement may appear zero, one or more
|
||||
times. Each occurrence list one file being remotely synchronized. The
|
||||
first parameter gives an explicit file name, usually given relative to
|
||||
the top directory of the local synchronized directory tree. Shell
|
||||
wildcards are @emph{not} acceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
Besides the file name parameter, there are supplementary parameters to
|
||||
each empty keyword statement, each corresponding to one remote statement
|
||||
in the @file{.remsync} file. The second parameter corresponds to the
|
||||
first remote, the third parameter corresponds to the second remote, etc.
|
||||
If there are more remote statements than supplementary parameters,
|
||||
missing parameters are considered to be empty.
|
||||
|
||||
Each supplementary parameter usually gives the last known checksum
|
||||
value for this particular file, as computed on its corresponding
|
||||
@emph{remote} site. The parameter contains a dash @kbd{-} while the
|
||||
remote checksum is unknown. The checksum value for the @emph{local}
|
||||
copy of the file is never kept anywhere in the @file{.remsync} file.
|
||||
The special value @samp{666} indicates a checksum from hell, used
|
||||
when the remote file is known to exist, but for which contradictory
|
||||
information has been received from various sources.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Package, , Xremsync, Formats
|
||||
@section Format of transiting packages
|
||||
|
||||
@node Miscellaneous, , Formats, Top
|
||||
@chapter Various considerations
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* News:: Using News distribution instead?
|
||||
* Previous:: Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node News, Previous, Miscellaneous, Miscellaneous
|
||||
@section Using News distribution instead?
|
||||
|
||||
One correspondent thinks that perhaps the news distribution mechanism
|
||||
could be pressed into service for this job. I could have started
|
||||
from C-news, say, instead of from scratch, and have progressively
|
||||
bent C-news to behave like I wanted.
|
||||
|
||||
My feeling is that the route was shorter as I did it, from scratch,
|
||||
that it would have been from C-news. Of course, I could have
|
||||
removed the heavy administrative details of C-news: the history and
|
||||
@code{expire}, the daemons, the @code{cron} entries, etc., then added
|
||||
the interactive features and specialized behaviors, but all this clean
|
||||
up would certainly have took energies. Right now, non counting the
|
||||
subsidiary scripts and shar/unshar sources, the heart of the result
|
||||
is a single (1200 lines) script written in Perl, which I find fairly
|
||||
more smaller and maintainable than a patched C-news distribution
|
||||
would have been.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Previous, , News, Miscellaneous
|
||||
@section Documentation for obsolete scripts
|
||||
|
||||
This is merely a place holder for previous documentation, waiting that I
|
||||
clean it up. You have no interest in reading further down.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* mailsync:: mailsync
|
||||
* resync:: resync
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node mailsync, resync, Previous, Previous
|
||||
@subsection mailsync
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
Usage: mailsync [ OPTION ] ... [ EMAIL_ADDRESS ] [ DIRECTORY ]
|
||||
or: mailsync [ OPTION ] ... SYNC_DIRECTORY
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
Option -i simply sends a @code{ihave} package, with no bulk files.
|
||||
Option -n inhibits any destructive operation and mailing.
|
||||
|
||||
In the first form of the call, find a synchronisation directory in
|
||||
DIRECTORY aimed towards some EMAIL_ADDRESS, then proceed with this
|
||||
synchronisation directory. EMAIL_ADDRESS may be the name of a file
|
||||
containing a distribution list. If EMAIL_ADDRESS is not specified,
|
||||
all the synchronisation directories at the top level in DIRECTORY are
|
||||
processed in turn. If DIRECTORY is not specified, the current
|
||||
directory is used.
|
||||
|
||||
In the second form of the call, proceed only with the given
|
||||
synchronisation directory SYNC_DIRECTORY.
|
||||
|
||||
For proceeding with a synchronisation directory, whatever the form of
|
||||
the call was, this script reads the @code{ident} files it contains to set
|
||||
the local user and directory and the remote user and directory. Then,
|
||||
selected files under the local directory which are modified in regard
|
||||
to the corresponding files in the remote directory are turned into a
|
||||
synchronisation package which is mailed to the remote user.
|
||||
|
||||
The list of selected files or directories to synchronize from the
|
||||
local directory are given in the @code{list} file in the synchronisation
|
||||
directory. If this @code{list} file is missing, all files under the
|
||||
local directory are synchronized.
|
||||
|
||||
What I usually do is to @code{cd} at the top of the directory tree to be
|
||||
synchronized, then to type @code{mailsync} without parameters. This will
|
||||
automatically prepare as many synchronisation packages as there are
|
||||
mirror systems, then email multipart shars to each of them. Note that
|
||||
the synchronisation package is not identical for each mirror system,
|
||||
because they do not usually have the same state of synchronisation.
|
||||
|
||||
@code{mailsync} will refuse to work if anything needs to be hand cleaned
|
||||
from a previous execution of @code{mailsync} or @code{resync}. Check
|
||||
for some remaining @file{_syncbulk} or @file{_synctemp} directory, or
|
||||
for a @file{_syncrm} script.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
- interrogate the user if @file{ident} file missing.
|
||||
- automatically construct the local user address.
|
||||
- create the synchronisation directory on the fly.
|
||||
- avoid duplicating work as far as possible for multiple sends.
|
||||
- have a quicker mode, depending on stamps, not on checksums.
|
||||
- never send core, executables, backups, @file{.nsf*}, @file{*/_synctemp/*}, etc.
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@node resync, , mailsync, Previous
|
||||
@subsection resync
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
Usage: resync [ OPTION ]... TAR_FILE
|
||||
or: resync [ OPTION ]... UNTARED_DIRECTORY
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
Given a tar file produced by mailsync at some remote end and already
|
||||
reconstructed on this end using unshar, or a directory containing the
|
||||
already untared invoice, apply the synchronization package locally.
|
||||
|
||||
Option -n inhibits destroying or creating files, but does everything
|
||||
else. It will in particular create a synchronization directory if
|
||||
necessary, produce the @file{_syncbulk} directory and the @file{_syncrm}
|
||||
script.
|
||||
|
||||
The synchronization directory for the package is automatically
|
||||
retrieved or, if not found, created and initialized. @code{resync} keeps
|
||||
telling you what it is doing.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a few cases when a resync should not complete without manual
|
||||
intervention. The common case is that several sites update the very
|
||||
same files differently since they were last resync'ed, and then
|
||||
mailsync to each other. The prerequisite checksum will then fail, and
|
||||
the files are then kept into the @file{_syncbulk} tree, which has a shape
|
||||
similar to the directory tree in which the files where supposed to go.
|
||||
For GNU Emacs users, a very handy package, called emerge, written by
|
||||
Dale Worley <drw@@kutta.mit.edu>, helps reconciling two files
|
||||
interactiveley. The @file{_syncbulk} tree should be explicitely deleted
|
||||
after the hand synchronisation.
|
||||
|
||||
Another case of human intervention is when files are deleted at the
|
||||
mailsync'ing site. By choice, all deletions on the receiving side are
|
||||
accumulated in a @file{_syncrm} script, which is not executed automatically.
|
||||
Explicitely executed, @file{_syncrm} will remove any file in the receiving
|
||||
tree which does not exist anymore on the sender system. I often edit
|
||||
@file{_syncrm} before executing it, to remove the unwanted deletions (beware
|
||||
the double negation :-). The script removes itself.
|
||||
|
||||
All the temporary files, while resynchronizing, are held in @file{_synctemp},
|
||||
which is deleted afterwards; if something goes wrong, this directory
|
||||
should also be cleaned out by hand. @code{resync} will refuse to work if
|
||||
anything remains to be hand cleaned.
|
||||
|
||||
@display
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
- interrogates the user if missing receiving directory in @file{ident}.
|
||||
- allow @file{remote.sum} to be empty or non-existent.
|
||||
@end display
|
||||
|
||||
@contents
|
||||
@bye
|
||||
|
||||
@c Local Variables:
|
||||
@c texinfo-column-for-description: 24
|
||||
@c End:
|
||||
243
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/shar.1
Normal file
243
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/shar.1
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
||||
.TH SHAR 1 "September 10, 1995"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
shar \- create shell archives
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
shar [ options ] file ...
|
||||
shar \-S [ options ]
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
Shar
|
||||
creates "shell archives" (or shar files) which are in text format
|
||||
and can be mailed. These files may be unpacked later by executing them
|
||||
with /bin/sh. The resulting archive is sent to standard out unless the
|
||||
\f2\-o\f1 option is given. A wide range of features provide extensive
|
||||
flexibility in manufacturing shars and in specifying shar "smartness".
|
||||
Archives may be "vanilla" or comprehensive.
|
||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Options have a one letter version starting with \- or a long version starting
|
||||
with \-\-. The exception is \f2\-\-help\f1, \f2\-\-version\f1,
|
||||
\f2\-\-no-i18n\f1 and \f2\-\-print-text-domain-dir\f1 which does not
|
||||
have short versions.
|
||||
Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
|
||||
Options can be given in any order. Some options depend on each other:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
The \f2\-o\f1 option is required if the \f2\-l\f1 or \f2\-L\f1 option is used.
|
||||
The \f2\-n\f1 option is required if the \f2\-a\f1 option is used.
|
||||
See \f2\-V\f1 below.
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SS "Giving feedback:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-\-help\f1"
|
||||
Print a help summary on standard output, then immediately exits.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-\-version\f1"
|
||||
Print the version number of the program on standard output,
|
||||
then immediately exits.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-q\f1 \f2\-\-quiet\f1 \f2\-\-silent\f1"
|
||||
Do not output verbose messages locally when producing the archive.
|
||||
.SS "Selecting files:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-p\f1 \f2\-\-intermix-type\f1"
|
||||
Allow positional parameter options. The options \f2\-B\f1, \f2\-T\f1,
|
||||
\f2-z\f1 and \f2\-Z\f1 may be embedded, and files to the right of the
|
||||
option will be processed in the specified mode.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-S\f1 \f2\-\-stdin-file-list\f1"
|
||||
Read list of files to be packed from the standard input rather
|
||||
than from the command line. Input must be in a form similar to
|
||||
that generated by the find command, one filename per line. This
|
||||
switch is especially useful when the command line will not hold
|
||||
the list of files to be packed. For example:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
find . \-type f \-print | sort | shar \-S \-Z \-L50 \-o /tmp/big
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If \f2\-p\f1 is specified on the command line, then the options
|
||||
\f2\-B\f1, \f2\-T\f1, \f2\-z\f1 and \f2\-Z\f1 may be
|
||||
included in the standard input (on a line separate from filenames).
|
||||
The maximum number of lines of standard input, file names and
|
||||
options, may not exceed 1024.
|
||||
.SS "Splitting output:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-o\f1 XXX \f2\-\-output-prefix=\f1XXX"
|
||||
Save the archive to files XXX.01 thru XXX.nn instead of sending it to
|
||||
standard out.
|
||||
Must be used when the \f2\-l\f1 or the \f2\-L\f1 switches are used.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-l\f1 XX \f2\-\-whole-size-limit=\f1XX"
|
||||
Limit the output file size to XXk bytes but don't split input files.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-L\f1 XX \f2\-\-split-size-limit=\f1XX"
|
||||
Limit output file size to XXk bytes and split files if necessary. The archive
|
||||
parts created with this option must be unpacked in correct order.
|
||||
.SS "Controlling the shar headers:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-n\f1 name \f2\-\-archive-name=\f1name"
|
||||
Name of archive to be included in the header of the shar files.
|
||||
See the \f2\-a\f1 switch.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-s\f1 who@where \f2\-\-submitter=\f1who@where"
|
||||
Override automatically determined submitter name.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-a\f1 \f2\-\-net-headers\f1"
|
||||
Allows automatic generation of headers:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
Submitted-by: who@where
|
||||
Archive-name: <name>/part##
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The <name> must be given with the \f2\-n\f1 switch.
|
||||
If name includes a '/' "/part" isn't used. Thus:
|
||||
.RS 10m
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
.ta 30n
|
||||
\-n xyzzy produces:
|
||||
xyzzy/part01
|
||||
xyzzy/part02
|
||||
|
||||
\-n xyzzy/patch produces:
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch02
|
||||
|
||||
\-n xyzzy/patch01. produces:
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.02
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.IP ""
|
||||
The who@where can be
|
||||
explicitly stated with the \f2\-s\f1 switch if the default isn't appropriate.
|
||||
Who@where is essentially built as `whoami`@`uname`.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-c\f1 \f2\-\-cut-mark\f1"
|
||||
Start the shar with a cut line. A line saying 'Cut here' is placed at the
|
||||
start of each output file.
|
||||
.SS "Selecting how files are stocked:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-M\f1 \f2\-\-mixed-uuencode\f1"
|
||||
Mixed mode. Determine if the files are text or binary and archive
|
||||
correctly (default). Files found to be binary are uudecoded prior to packing
|
||||
(USE OF UUENCODE IS NOT APPRECIATED BY MANY ON THE NET).
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-T\f1 \f2\-\-text-files\f1"
|
||||
Treat all files as text.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-B\f1 \f2\-\-uuencode\f1"
|
||||
Treat all files as binary, use uuencode prior to packing. This increases the
|
||||
size of the archive. The recipient must have uudecode in order to unpack.
|
||||
(USE OF UUENCODE IS NOT APPRECIATED BY MANY ON THE NET).
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-z\f1 \f2\-\-gzip\f1"
|
||||
Gzip and uuencode all files prior to packing. The recipient must have
|
||||
uudecode and gzip in order to unpack
|
||||
(USE OF UUENCODE AND GZIP IS NOT APPRECIATED BY MANY ON THE NET).
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-g\f1 LEVEL \f2\-\-level-for-gzip=\f1LEVEL"
|
||||
When doing compression, use '\-LEVEL' as a parameter to gzip. Default is 9.
|
||||
The \f2\-g\f1 option turns on the \f2\-z\f1 option by default.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-Z\f1 \f2\-\-compress\f1"
|
||||
Compress and uuencode all files prior to packing. The recipient must have
|
||||
uudecode and compress in order to unpack
|
||||
(USE OF UUENCODE AND COMPRESS IS NOT APPRECIATED BY MANY ON THE NET).
|
||||
Option \f2\-C\f1 is synonymous to \f2\-Z\f1, but is being deprecated.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-b\f1 BITS \f2\-\-bits-per-code=\f1BITS"
|
||||
When doing compression, use '\-bBITS' as a parameter to compress.
|
||||
The \f2\-B\f1 option turns on the \f2\-Z\f1 option by default. Default value
|
||||
is 12.
|
||||
.SS "Protecting against transmission errors:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-w\f1 \f2\-\-no-character-count\f1"
|
||||
Do NOT check each file with 'wc \-c' after unpack. The default is to check.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-D\f1 \f2\-\-no-md5-digest\f1"
|
||||
Do NOT use 'md5sum' digest to verify the unpacked files. The default is to
|
||||
check.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-F\f1 \f2\-\-force-prefix\f1"
|
||||
Forces the prefix character (normally 'X' unless the parameter to the \f2\-d\f1
|
||||
option starts with 'X') to be prepended to every line even if
|
||||
not required. This option may slightly increase the size of the archive,
|
||||
especially if \f2\-B\f1 or \f2\-Z\f1 is used.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-d\f1 XXX \f2\-\-here-delimiter=\f1XXX"
|
||||
Use XXX to delimit the files in the shar instead of SHAR_EOF.
|
||||
This is for those who want to personalize their shar files.
|
||||
.SS "Producing different kinds of shars:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-V\f1 \f2\-\-vanilla-operation\f1"
|
||||
Produce "vanilla" shars which rely only upon the existence of sed and
|
||||
echo in the unsharing environment. In addition, "if test" must also
|
||||
be supported unless the \f2\-x\f1 option is used. The \f2\-V\f1 silently
|
||||
disables options offensive to the "network cop" (or "brown shirt"),
|
||||
but does warn you if it is specified with \f2\-B\f1, \f2-z\f1,
|
||||
\f2\-Z\f1, \f2\-p\f1 or \f2\-M\f1 (any of which does or might
|
||||
require uudecode, gzip or compress in the unsharing environment).
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-P\f1 \f2\-\-no-piping\f1"
|
||||
Use temporary files instead of pipes in the shar file.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-x\f1 \f2\-\-no-check-existing\f1"
|
||||
Overwrite existing files without checking.
|
||||
If neither \f2\-x\f1 nor \f2\-X\f1 is specified, the unpack will
|
||||
check for and not overwrite existing files when unpacking the archive.
|
||||
If \f2\-c\f1 is passed as a parameter to the script when unpacking:
|
||||
|
||||
.RS 10m
|
||||
sh archive -c
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.IP ""
|
||||
then existing files will be overwritten unconditionally.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-X\f1 \f2\-\-query-user\f1"
|
||||
When unpacking, interactively ask the user if files should be overwritten.
|
||||
(DO NOT USE FOR SHARS SUBMITTED TO THE NET).
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-m\f1 \f2\-\-no-timestamp\f1"
|
||||
Avoid generating 'touch' commands to restore the file modification
|
||||
dates when unpacking files from the archive.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-Q\f1 \f2\-\-quiet-unshar\f1"
|
||||
Verbose OFF. Disables the inclusion of comments to be output when the archive
|
||||
is unpacked.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-f\f1 \f2\-\-basename\f1"
|
||||
Restore by filename only, rather than path. This option causes only file
|
||||
names to be used, which is useful when building a shar from several
|
||||
directories, or another directory. Note that if a directory name is passed
|
||||
to shar, the substructure of that directory will be restored whether \f2\-f\f1
|
||||
is specified or not.
|
||||
.SS "Internationalization:"
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-\-no-i18n\f1"
|
||||
Do not produce internationalized shell archives, use default english messages.
|
||||
By default, shar produces archives that will try to output messages in
|
||||
the unpackers preferred language (as determined by the LANG/LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
environmental variables) when they are unpacked.
|
||||
If no message file for the unpackers language is found at unpack time,
|
||||
messages will be in english.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-\-print-text-domain-dir\f1"
|
||||
Prints the directory shar looks in to find messages files for different
|
||||
languages, then immediately exits.
|
||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
.ta 37n
|
||||
shar *.c > cprog.shar # all C prog sources
|
||||
shar \-Q *.[ch] > cprog.shar # non-verbose, .c and .h files
|
||||
shar \-B \-l28 \-oarc.sh *.arc # all binary .arc files, into
|
||||
# files arc.sh.01 thru arc.sh.NN
|
||||
shar \-f /lcl/src/u*.c > u.sh # use only the filenames
|
||||
.ta
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH WARNINGS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
No chmod or touch is ever generated for directories created when unpacking.
|
||||
Thus, if a directory is given to shar, the protection and
|
||||
modification dates of corresponding unpacked directory
|
||||
may not match those of the original.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If a directory is passed to shar, it may be scanned more than once. Therefore,
|
||||
one should be careful not change the directory while shar is running.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Be careful that the output file(s) are not included in the inputs or shar
|
||||
may loop until the disk fills up. Be particularly careful when a directory
|
||||
is passed to shar that the output files are not in that directory
|
||||
(or a subdirectory of that directory).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Use of the \f2\-B\f1, \f2\-z\f1 or \f2\-Z\f1, and especially
|
||||
\f2\-M\f1, may slow the archive process considerably, depending on
|
||||
the number of files.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Use of \f2\-X\f1 produces shars which \f2WILL\f1 cause problems
|
||||
with many unshar procedures. Use this feature only for archives
|
||||
to be passed among agreeable parties. Certainly, \f2\-X\f1 is NOT
|
||||
for shell archives which are to be submitted to Usenet. Usage of
|
||||
\f2\-B\f1, \f2\-z\f1 or \f2\-Z\f1 in net shars will cause you to
|
||||
be flamed off the earth. Not using \f2\-m\f1 or not using \f2\-F\f1
|
||||
may also get you occasional complaints.
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
unshar(1)
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Error messages for illegal or incompatible options,
|
||||
for non-regular, missing or inaccessible files or for (unlikely)
|
||||
memory allocation failure.
|
||||
.SH AUTHORS
|
||||
The shar and unshar programs is the collective work of many authors.
|
||||
Many people contributed by reporting problems, suggesting
|
||||
various improvements or submitting actual code. A list of
|
||||
these people is in the THANKS file in the sharutils distribution.
|
||||
578
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/sharutils.info
Normal file
578
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/sharutils.info
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
|
||||
This is Info file sharutils.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.63 from the
|
||||
input file sharutils.texi.
|
||||
|
||||
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||||
* Shar utilities: (sharutils). GNU shar utilities.
|
||||
* mail-files: (sharutils)mail-files invocation. Send files to remote site.
|
||||
* mailshar: (sharutils)mailshar invocation. Make and send a shell archive.
|
||||
* remsync: (sharutils)remsync invocation. Synchronize remote files.
|
||||
* shar: (sharutils)shar invocation. Make a shell archive.
|
||||
* unshar: (sharutils)unshar invocation. Explode a shell archive.
|
||||
* uudecode: (sharutils)uudecode invocation. Restore file from 7-bits.
|
||||
* uuencode: (sharutils)uuencode invocation. Force binary file to 7-bits.
|
||||
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||||
|
||||
This file documents the GNU set of shar utilities.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
|
||||
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
|
||||
preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
|
||||
this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
|
||||
the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
|
||||
permission notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
|
||||
manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
|
||||
versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
|
||||
translation approved by the Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
|
||||
|
||||
GNU `shar' utilities
|
||||
********************
|
||||
|
||||
GNU `shar' makes so-called shell archives out of many files,
|
||||
preparing them for transmission by electronic mail services. GNU
|
||||
`unshar' helps unpacking shell archives after reception. This is
|
||||
release 4.1.9.
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduction:: Introduction to both programs
|
||||
* shar invocation:: Invoking the `shar' program
|
||||
* unshar invocation:: Invoking the `unshar' program
|
||||
* Miscellaneous:: Miscellaneous considerations
|
||||
|
||||
-- The Detailed Node Listing --
|
||||
|
||||
Creating shell archives
|
||||
|
||||
* Selecting:: Selecting files
|
||||
* Splitting:: Splitting output
|
||||
* Headers:: Controlling the shar headers
|
||||
* Stocking:: Selecting how files are stocked
|
||||
* Transmission:: Protecting against transmission
|
||||
* Kinds:: Producing different kinds of shar
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Introduction, Next: shar invocation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction to both programs
|
||||
*****************************
|
||||
|
||||
GNU `shar' makes so-called shell archives out of many files,
|
||||
preparing them for transmission by electronic mail services. A "shell
|
||||
archive" is a collection of files that can be unpacked by `/bin/sh'. A
|
||||
wide range of features provide extensive flexibility in manufacturing
|
||||
shars and in specifying shar *smartness*. For example, `shar' may
|
||||
compress files, uuencode binary files, split long files and construct
|
||||
multi-part mailings, ensure correct unsharing order, and provide
|
||||
simplistic checksums. *Note shar invocation::.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU `unshar' scans a set of mail messages looking for the start of
|
||||
shell archives. It will automatically strip off the mail headers and
|
||||
other introductory text. The archive bodies are then unpacked by a
|
||||
copy of the shell. `unshar' may also process files containing
|
||||
concatenated shell archives. *Note unshar invocation::.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU `shar' has a long history. All along this long road, numerous
|
||||
users contributed various improvements. The file `THANKS', from the
|
||||
GNU `shar' distribution, contain all names still having valid email
|
||||
addresses, as far as we know.
|
||||
|
||||
Please help me getting the history straight, for the following
|
||||
information is approximative. James Gosling wrote the public domain
|
||||
`shar 1.x'. William Davidsen rewrote it as `shar 2.x'. Warren Tucker
|
||||
brought modifications and called it `shar 3.x'. Richard Gumpertz
|
||||
maintained it until 1990. Franc,ois Pinard, from the public domain
|
||||
`shar 3.49', made `GNU shar 4.x', in 1994. Some modules and other code
|
||||
sections were freely borrowed from other GNU distributions, bringing
|
||||
this `shar' under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Your feedback helps us to make a better and more portable product.
|
||||
Mail suggestions and bug reports (including documentation errors) for
|
||||
these programs to `bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: shar invocation, Next: unshar invocation, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking the `shar' program
|
||||
***************************
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the `shar' command is one of:
|
||||
|
||||
shar [ OPTION ] ... FILE ...
|
||||
shar -S [ OPTION ] ...
|
||||
|
||||
In the first form, the file list is given as command arguments. In
|
||||
the second form, the file list is read from standard input. The
|
||||
resulting archive is sent to standard output unless the `-o' option is
|
||||
given.
|
||||
|
||||
Options can be given in any order. Some options depend on each
|
||||
other: the `-o' option is required if the `-l' or `-L' option is used.
|
||||
The `-n' option is required if the `-a' option is used. Also see `-V'
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
Some options are special purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
`--help'
|
||||
Print a help summary on standard output, then immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
`--version'
|
||||
Print the version number of the program on standard output, then
|
||||
immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
`-q'
|
||||
`--quiet'
|
||||
Verbose *off* at `shar' time. Messages are usually issued on
|
||||
standard error to let the user follow the progress, while making
|
||||
the archives. This option inhibits these messages.
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* Selecting:: Selecting files
|
||||
* Splitting:: Splitting output
|
||||
* Headers:: Controlling the shar headers
|
||||
* Stocking:: Selecting how files are stocked
|
||||
* Transmission:: Protecting against transmission
|
||||
* Kinds:: Producing different kinds of shar
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Selecting, Next: Splitting, Prev: shar invocation, Up: shar invocation
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting files
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
`-p'
|
||||
`--intermix-type'
|
||||
Allow positional parameter options. The options `-M', `-B', `-T',
|
||||
`-z' and `-Z' may be embedded, and files to the right of the
|
||||
option will be processed in the specified mode. Without the `-p'
|
||||
option, embedded options would be interpreted as file names.
|
||||
*Note Stocking:: for more information on these options.
|
||||
|
||||
`-S'
|
||||
`--stdin-file-list'
|
||||
Read list of files to be packed from the standard input rather
|
||||
than from the command line. Input must be one file name per line.
|
||||
This switch is especially useful when the command line will not
|
||||
hold the list of files to be packed. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
find . -type f -print | shar -S -o /tmp/big.shar
|
||||
|
||||
If `-p' is specified on the command line, then the options `-M',
|
||||
`-B', `-T', `-z' and `-Z' may be included in the standard input
|
||||
(on a line separate from file names). The maximum number of lines
|
||||
of standard input, file names and options, may not exceed 1024.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Splitting, Next: Headers, Prev: Selecting, Up: shar invocation
|
||||
|
||||
Splitting output
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
`-o PREFIX'
|
||||
`--output-prefix=PREFIX'
|
||||
Save the archive to files `PREFIX.01' through `PREFIX.NNN' instead
|
||||
of standard output. This option *must* be used when the `-l' or
|
||||
the `-L' switches are used.
|
||||
|
||||
When PREFIX contains any `%' character, PREFIX is then interpreted
|
||||
as a `sprintf' format, which should be able to display a single
|
||||
decimal number. When PREFIX does not contain such a `%'
|
||||
character, the string `.%02d' is internally appended.
|
||||
|
||||
`-l SIZE'
|
||||
`--whole-size-limit=SIZE'
|
||||
Limit the output file size to SIZE times 1024 bytes but don't
|
||||
split input files. This allows the recipient of the shell archives
|
||||
to unpack them in any order.
|
||||
|
||||
`-L SIZE'
|
||||
`--split-size-limit=SIZE'
|
||||
Limit output file size to SIZE times 1024 bytes and split files if
|
||||
necessary. The archives created with this option must be unpacked
|
||||
in the correct order. If the recipient of the shell archives
|
||||
wants to put all of them in a single folder, she shall save them
|
||||
in the correct order for `unshar', used with option `-e', to
|
||||
unpack them all at once. *Note unshar invocation::.
|
||||
|
||||
For people used to saving all the shell archives into a single mail
|
||||
folder, care must be taken to save them in the appropriate order.
|
||||
For those having the appropriate tools (like Masanobu Umeda's
|
||||
`rmailsort' package for GNU Emacs), shell archives can be saved in
|
||||
any order, then sorted by increasing date (or send time) before
|
||||
massive unpacking.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Headers, Next: Stocking, Prev: Splitting, Up: shar invocation
|
||||
|
||||
Controlling the shar headers
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
`-n NAME'
|
||||
`--archive-name=NAME'
|
||||
Name of archive to be included in the header of the shar files.
|
||||
Also see the `-a' switch further down.
|
||||
|
||||
`-s ADDRESS'
|
||||
`--submitter=ADDRESS'
|
||||
The `-s' option allows for overriding the email address for the
|
||||
submitter, for when the default is not appropriate. The
|
||||
automatically determined address looks like `USERNAME@HOSTNAME'.
|
||||
|
||||
`-a'
|
||||
`--net-headers'
|
||||
Allows automatic generation of headers:
|
||||
|
||||
Submitted-by: ADDRESS
|
||||
Archive-name: NAME/partNN
|
||||
|
||||
The NAME must be given with the `-n' switch. If name includes a
|
||||
`/', then `/part' isn't used. Thus `-n xyzzy' produces:
|
||||
xyzzy/part01
|
||||
xyzzy/part02
|
||||
|
||||
while `-n xyzzy/patch' produces:
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch02
|
||||
|
||||
and `-n xyzzy/patch01.' produces:
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.02
|
||||
|
||||
`-c'
|
||||
`--cut-mark'
|
||||
Start the shar with a cut line. A line saying `Cut here' is
|
||||
placed at the start of each output file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Stocking, Next: Transmission, Prev: Headers, Up: shar invocation
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting how files are stocked
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
`-T'
|
||||
`--text-files'
|
||||
Treat all files as text, regardless of their contents.
|
||||
|
||||
`-B'
|
||||
`--uuencode'
|
||||
Treat all files as binary, use `uuencode' prior to packing. This
|
||||
increases the size of the archive. The recipient must have
|
||||
`uudecode' in order to unpack.
|
||||
|
||||
Use of `uuencode' is not appreciated by many on the net, because
|
||||
people like to readily see, by mere inspection of a shell archive,
|
||||
what it is about.
|
||||
|
||||
`-M'
|
||||
`--mixed-uuencode'
|
||||
Mixed mode. Automatically determine if the files are text or
|
||||
binary and archive correctly. Files found to be binary are
|
||||
uuencoded prior to packing. This option is selected by default.
|
||||
|
||||
For a file is considered to be a text file, instead of a binary
|
||||
file, all the following should be true simultaneously:
|
||||
1. The file does not contain any ASCII control character besides
|
||||
BS (backspace), HT (horizontal tab), LF (new line) or FF
|
||||
(form feed).
|
||||
|
||||
2. The file does not contains a DEL (delete).
|
||||
|
||||
3. The file contains no character with its eighth-bit set.
|
||||
|
||||
4. The file, unless totally empty, terminates with a LF
|
||||
(newline).
|
||||
|
||||
5. No line in the file contains more than 200 characters. For
|
||||
counting purpose, lines are separated by a LF (newline).
|
||||
|
||||
`-z'
|
||||
`--gzip'
|
||||
Use `gzip' and `uuencode' on all files prior to packing. The
|
||||
recipient must have `uudecode' and `gzip' (used with `-d') in
|
||||
order to unpack.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage of `-z' in net shars will cause you to be flamed off the
|
||||
earth.
|
||||
|
||||
`-g LEVEL'
|
||||
`--level-for-gzip=LEVEL'
|
||||
When doing compression, use `-LEVEL' as a parameter to `gzip'.
|
||||
The `-g' option turns on the `-z' option by default. The default
|
||||
value is 9, that is, maximum compression.
|
||||
|
||||
`-Z'
|
||||
`--compress'
|
||||
Use `compress' and `uuencode' on all files prior to packing. The
|
||||
recipient must have `uudecode' and `compress' (used with `-d') in
|
||||
order to unpack. Option `-C' is a synonymous for `-Z', but is
|
||||
deprecated.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage of `-Z' in net shars will cause you to be flamed off the
|
||||
earth.
|
||||
|
||||
`-b BITS'
|
||||
`--bits-per-code=BITS'
|
||||
When doing compression, use `-bX' as a parameter to `compress'.
|
||||
The `-B' option turns on the `-Z' option by default. The default
|
||||
value is 12, foreseeing the memory limitations of some `compress'
|
||||
programs on smallish systems, at `unshar' time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Transmission, Next: Kinds, Prev: Stocking, Up: shar invocation
|
||||
|
||||
Protecting against transmission errors
|
||||
======================================
|
||||
|
||||
Transmission of shell archives is not always free of errors. So one
|
||||
should make consistency checks on the receiving site. A very simple
|
||||
(and unreliable) method is running the UNIX `wc' tool on the output
|
||||
file. This can report the number of characters in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
As one can guess this does not catch all errors. Especially
|
||||
changing of a character value does not change the computed check sum.
|
||||
To achieve this goal better method were invented and standardized. One
|
||||
very strong is MD5 (MD = message digests). This is standardized in RFC
|
||||
1321. The produced shell scripts do not force the `md5sum' program to
|
||||
be installed on the system. This is necessary because it is not yet
|
||||
part of every UNIX. The program is however not necessary for producing
|
||||
the shell archive.
|
||||
|
||||
`-w'
|
||||
`--no-character-count'
|
||||
Do *not* check with `wc -c' after unpack. The default is to check.
|
||||
|
||||
`-D'
|
||||
`--no-md5-digest'
|
||||
Do *not* check with `md5sum' after unpack. The default is to
|
||||
check.
|
||||
|
||||
`-F'
|
||||
`--force-prefix'
|
||||
Prepend the prefix character to every line even if not required.
|
||||
This option may slightly increase the size of the archive,
|
||||
especially if `-B' or `-Z' is used. Normally, the prefix character
|
||||
is `X'. If the parameter to the `-d' option starts with `X', then
|
||||
the prefix character becomes `Y'.
|
||||
|
||||
`-d STRING'
|
||||
`--here-delimiter=STRING'
|
||||
Use STRING to delimit the files in the shar instead of `SHAR_EOF'.
|
||||
This is for those who want to personalize their shar files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Kinds, Prev: Transmission, Up: shar invocation
|
||||
|
||||
Producing different kinds of shars
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
|
||||
`-V'
|
||||
`--vanilla-operation'
|
||||
This option produces "vanilla" shars which rely only upon the
|
||||
existence of `echo', `test' and `sed' in the unpacking environment.
|
||||
|
||||
The `-V' disables options offensive to the "network cop" (or
|
||||
"brown shirt"). It also changes the default from mixed mode `-M'
|
||||
to text mode `-T'. Warnings are produced if option `-B', `-z',
|
||||
`-Z', `-p' or `-M' is specified (any of which does or might
|
||||
require `uudecode', `gzip' or `compress' in the unpacking
|
||||
environment).
|
||||
|
||||
`-P'
|
||||
`--no-piping'
|
||||
In the shar file, use a temporary file to hold the file to
|
||||
`uudecode', instead of using pipes. This option is mandatory when
|
||||
you know the unpacking `uudecode' is unwilling to merely read its
|
||||
standard input. Richard Marks wrote what is certainly the most
|
||||
(in)famous of these, for MSDOS :-).
|
||||
|
||||
(Here is a side note from the maintainer. Why isnt't this option
|
||||
the default? In the past history of `shar', it was decided that
|
||||
piping was better, surely because it is less demanding on disk
|
||||
space, and people seem to be happy with this. Besides, I think
|
||||
that the `uudecode' from Richard Marks, on MSDOS, is wrong in
|
||||
refusing to handle `stdin'. So far that I remember, he has the
|
||||
strong opinion that a program without any parameters should give
|
||||
its `--help' output. Besides that, should I say, his `uuencode'
|
||||
and `uudecode' programs are full-featured, one of the most
|
||||
complete set I ever saw. But Richard will not release his
|
||||
sources, he wants to stay in control.)
|
||||
|
||||
`-x'
|
||||
`--no-check-existing'
|
||||
Overwrite existing files without checking. If neither `-x' nor
|
||||
`-X' is specified, when unpacking itself, the shell archive will
|
||||
check for and not overwrite existing files (unless `-c' is passed
|
||||
as a parameter to the script when unpacking).
|
||||
|
||||
`-X'
|
||||
`--query-user'
|
||||
Interactively overwrite existing files.
|
||||
|
||||
Use of `-X' produces shars which *will* cause problems with some
|
||||
`unshar'-style procedures, particularily when used together with
|
||||
vanilla mode (`-V'). Use this feature mainly for archives to be
|
||||
passed among agreeable parties. Certainly, `-X' is *not* for
|
||||
shell archives which are to be submitted to Usenet or other public
|
||||
networks.
|
||||
|
||||
The problem is that `unshar' programs or procedures often feed
|
||||
`/bin/sh' from its standard input, thus putting `/bin/sh' and the
|
||||
shell archive script in competition for input lines. As an
|
||||
attempt to alleviate this problem, `shar' will try to detect if
|
||||
`/dev/tty' exists at the receiving site and will use it to read
|
||||
user replies. But this does not work in all cases, it may happen
|
||||
that the receiving user will have to avoid using `unshar' programs
|
||||
or procedures, and call `/bin/sh' directly. In vanilla mode,
|
||||
using `/dev/tty' is not even attempted.
|
||||
|
||||
`-m'
|
||||
`--no-timestamp'
|
||||
Avoid generating `touch' commands to restore the file modification
|
||||
dates when unpacking files from the archive.
|
||||
|
||||
When the timestamp relationship is not preserved, some files like
|
||||
`configure' or `*.info' may be uselessly remade after unpacking.
|
||||
This is why, when this option is not used, a special effort is
|
||||
made to restore timestamps,
|
||||
|
||||
`-Q'
|
||||
`--quiet-unshar'
|
||||
Verbose *off* at `unshar' time. Disables the inclusion of
|
||||
comments to be output when the archive is unpacked.
|
||||
|
||||
`-f'
|
||||
`--basename'
|
||||
Use only the last file name component of each input file name,
|
||||
ignoring any prefix directories. This is sometimes useful when
|
||||
building a shar from several directories, or another directory.
|
||||
If a directory name is passed to `shar', the substructure of that
|
||||
directory will be restored whether `-f' is specified or not.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: unshar invocation, Next: Miscellaneous, Prev: shar invocation, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking the `unshar' program
|
||||
*****************************
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the `unshar' command is:
|
||||
|
||||
unshar [ OPTION ] ... [ FILE ... ]
|
||||
|
||||
Each FILE is processed in turn, as a shell archive or a collection
|
||||
of shell archives. If no files are given, then standard input is
|
||||
processed instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
|
||||
`--version'
|
||||
Print the version number of the program on standard output, then
|
||||
immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help'
|
||||
Print an help summary on standard output, then immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
`-d DIRECTORY'
|
||||
`--directory=DIRECTORY'
|
||||
Change directory to DIRECTORY before unpacking any files.
|
||||
|
||||
`-c'
|
||||
`--overwrite'
|
||||
`-f'
|
||||
`--force'
|
||||
Passed as an option to the shar file. Many shell archive scripts
|
||||
(including those produced by `shar' 3.40 and newer) accepts a `-c'
|
||||
argument to indicate that existing files should be overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
The option `-f' is provided for a more unique interface. Many
|
||||
programs (such as `cp' and `mv') use this option to trigger the
|
||||
very same action.
|
||||
|
||||
`-e'
|
||||
`--exit-0'
|
||||
This option exists mainly for people who collect many shell
|
||||
archives into a single mail folder. With this option, `unshar'
|
||||
isolates each different shell archive from the others which have
|
||||
been put in the same file, unpacking each in turn, from the
|
||||
beginning of the file towards its end. Its proper operation
|
||||
relies on the fact that many shar files are terminated by a
|
||||
`exit 0' at the beginning of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
Option `-e' is internally equivalent to `-E "exit 0"'.
|
||||
|
||||
`-E STRING'
|
||||
`--split-at=STRING'
|
||||
This option works like `-e', but it allows you to specify the
|
||||
string that separates archives if `exit 0' isn't appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, noticing that most `.signatures' have a `--' on a
|
||||
line right before them, one can sometimes use `--split-at=--' for
|
||||
splitting shell archives which lack the `exit 0' line at end. The
|
||||
signature will then be skipped altogether with the headers of the
|
||||
following message.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File: sharutils.info, Node: Miscellaneous, Prev: unshar invocation, Up: Top
|
||||
|
||||
Miscellaneous considerations
|
||||
****************************
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a place-holder for many considerations which do not fit
|
||||
elsewhere, while not worth a section for themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
Be careful that the output file(s) are not included in the inputs or
|
||||
`shar' may loop until the disk fills up. Be particularly careful when
|
||||
a directory is passed to `shar' that the output files are not in that
|
||||
directory (or a subdirectory of that directory).
|
||||
|
||||
When a directory is passed to `shar', it may be scanned more than
|
||||
once, to conserve memory. Therefore, one should be careful to not
|
||||
change the directory contents while `shar' is running.
|
||||
|
||||
No attempt is made to restore the protection and modification dates
|
||||
for directories, even if this is done by default for files. Thus, if a
|
||||
directory is given to `shar', the protection and modification dates of
|
||||
corresponding unpacked directory may not match those of the original.
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the `-M' or `-B' options will slow down the archive process.
|
||||
Use of the `-z' or `-Z' options may slow the archive process
|
||||
considerably.
|
||||
|
||||
Let us conclude by a showing a few examples of `shar' usage:
|
||||
|
||||
shar *.c > cprog.shar
|
||||
shar -Q *.[ch] > cprog.shar
|
||||
shar -B -l28 -oarc.sh. *.arc
|
||||
shar -f /lcl/src/u*.c > u.sh
|
||||
|
||||
The first shows how to make a shell archive out of all C program
|
||||
sources. The second produces a shell archive with all `.c' and `.h'
|
||||
files, which unpacks silently. The third gives a shell archive of all
|
||||
uuencoded `.arc' files, into files `arc.sh.01' through to `arc.sh.NNN'.
|
||||
The last example gives a shell archive which will use only the file
|
||||
names at unpack time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Tag Table:
|
||||
Node: Top1489
|
||||
Node: Introduction2494
|
||||
Node: shar invocation4478
|
||||
Node: Selecting5980
|
||||
Node: Splitting7111
|
||||
Node: Headers8750
|
||||
Node: Stocking9915
|
||||
Node: Transmission12494
|
||||
Node: Kinds14174
|
||||
Node: unshar invocation18124
|
||||
Node: Miscellaneous20237
|
||||
|
||||
End Tag Table
|
||||
657
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/sharutils.texi
Normal file
657
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/sharutils.texi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,657 @@
|
||||
\input texinfo
|
||||
@c %**start of header
|
||||
@setfilename sharutils.info
|
||||
@settitle GNU @code{shar} utilities
|
||||
@finalout
|
||||
@c %**end of header
|
||||
|
||||
@include version.texi
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
@set Francois Franc,ois
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
@tex
|
||||
@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
|
||||
@end tex
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
@format
|
||||
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||||
* Shar utilities: (sharutils). GNU shar utilities.
|
||||
* mail-files: (sharutils)mail-files invocation. Send files to remote site.
|
||||
* mailshar: (sharutils)mailshar invocation. Make and send a shell archive.
|
||||
* remsync: (sharutils)remsync invocation. Synchronize remote files.
|
||||
* shar: (sharutils)shar invocation. Make a shell archive.
|
||||
* unshar: (sharutils)unshar invocation. Explode a shell archive.
|
||||
* uudecode: (sharutils)uudecode invocation. Restore file from 7-bits.
|
||||
* uuencode: (sharutils)uuencode invocation. Force binary file to 7-bits.
|
||||
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||||
@end format
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
This file documents the GNU set of shar utilities.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
||||
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
||||
are preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
@ignore
|
||||
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
|
||||
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
|
||||
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
|
||||
|
||||
@end ignore
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
||||
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
||||
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
||||
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
|
||||
by the Foundation.
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@title GNU sharutils, version @value{VERSION}
|
||||
@subtitle A set of shell archiver utilities
|
||||
@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, @value{UPDATED}
|
||||
@author Jan Dj@"arv
|
||||
@author @value{Francois} Pinard
|
||||
|
||||
@page
|
||||
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
||||
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
||||
are preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
||||
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
||||
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
||||
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
|
||||
by the Foundation.
|
||||
@end titlepage
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
|
||||
@top GNU @code{shar} utilities
|
||||
|
||||
@c @item @b{@code{sharutils}} @value{hfillkludge} (UtilD, SrcCD (??))
|
||||
@c
|
||||
GNU @code{shar} makes so-called shell archives out of many files,
|
||||
preparing them for transmission by electronic mail services.
|
||||
GNU @code{unshar} helps unpacking shell archives after reception.
|
||||
This is release @value{VERSION}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Introduction:: Introduction to both programs
|
||||
* shar invocation:: Invoking the @code{shar} program
|
||||
* unshar invocation:: Invoking the @code{unshar} program
|
||||
* Miscellaneous:: Miscellaneous considerations
|
||||
|
||||
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
|
||||
|
||||
Creating shell archives
|
||||
|
||||
* Selecting:: Selecting files
|
||||
* Splitting:: Splitting output
|
||||
* Headers:: Controlling the shar headers
|
||||
* Stocking:: Selecting how files are stocked
|
||||
* Transmission:: Protecting against transmission
|
||||
* Kinds:: Producing different kinds of shar
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@node Introduction, shar invocation, Top, Top
|
||||
@chapter Introduction to both programs
|
||||
|
||||
GNU @code{shar} makes so-called shell archives out of many files,
|
||||
preparing them for transmission by electronic mail services.
|
||||
A @dfn{shell archive} is a collection of files that can be unpacked by
|
||||
@code{/bin/sh}. A wide range of features provide extensive flexibility
|
||||
in manufacturing shars and in specifying shar @emph{smartness}. For
|
||||
example, @code{shar} may compress files, uuencode binary files, split
|
||||
long files and construct multi-part mailings, ensure correct unsharing
|
||||
order, and provide simplistic checksums. @xref{shar invocation}.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU @code{unshar} scans a set of mail messages looking for the start
|
||||
of shell archives. It will automatically strip off the mail headers
|
||||
and other introductory text. The archive bodies are then unpacked by
|
||||
a copy of the shell. @code{unshar} may also process files containing
|
||||
concatenated shell archives. @xref{unshar invocation}.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU @code{shar} has a long history. All along this long road, numerous
|
||||
users contributed various improvements. The file @file{THANKS}, from
|
||||
the GNU @code{shar} distribution, contain all names still having
|
||||
valid email addresses, as far as we know.
|
||||
|
||||
Please help me getting the history straight, for the following
|
||||
information is approximative. James Gosling wrote the public domain
|
||||
@code{shar 1.x}. William Davidsen rewrote it as @code{shar 2.x}.
|
||||
Warren Tucker brought modifications and called it @code{shar 3.x}.
|
||||
Richard Gumpertz maintained it until 1990. @value{Francois} Pinard,
|
||||
from the public domain @code{shar 3.49}, made @code{GNU shar 4.x},
|
||||
in 1994. Some modules and other code sections were freely borrowed
|
||||
from other GNU distributions, bringing this @code{shar} under the
|
||||
terms of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Your feedback helps us to make a better and more portable product.
|
||||
Mail suggestions and bug reports (including documentation errors)
|
||||
for these programs to @file{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.
|
||||
|
||||
@node shar invocation, unshar invocation, Introduction, Top
|
||||
@chapter Invoking the @code{shar} program
|
||||
@pindex shar
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the @code{shar} command is one of:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
shar [ @var{option} ] @dots{} @var{file} @dots{}
|
||||
shar -S [ @var{option} ] @dots{}
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
In the first form, the file list is given as command arguments. In the
|
||||
second form, the file list is read from standard input. The resulting
|
||||
archive is sent to standard output unless the @code{-o} option is given.
|
||||
|
||||
Options can be given in any order. Some options depend on each other:
|
||||
the @code{-o} option is required if the @code{-l} or @code{-L} option
|
||||
is used. The @code{-n} option is required if the @code{-a} option
|
||||
is used. Also see @code{-V} below.
|
||||
|
||||
Some options are special purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item --help
|
||||
Print a help summary on standard output, then immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --version
|
||||
Print the version number of the program on standard output, then
|
||||
immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -q
|
||||
@itemx --quiet
|
||||
Verbose @emph{off} at @code{shar} time. Messages are usually issued
|
||||
on standard error to let the user follow the progress, while making
|
||||
the archives. This option inhibits these messages.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Selecting:: Selecting files
|
||||
* Splitting:: Splitting output
|
||||
* Headers:: Controlling the shar headers
|
||||
* Stocking:: Selecting how files are stocked
|
||||
* Transmission:: Protecting against transmission
|
||||
* Kinds:: Producing different kinds of shar
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Selecting, Splitting, shar invocation, shar invocation
|
||||
@section Selecting files
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item -p
|
||||
@itemx --intermix-type
|
||||
Allow positional parameter options. The options @code{-M}, @code{-B},
|
||||
@code{-T}, @code{-z} and @code{-Z} may be embedded, and files to
|
||||
the right of the option will be processed in the specified mode.
|
||||
Without the @code{-p} option, embedded options would be interpreted
|
||||
as file names. @xref{Stocking} for more information on these options.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -S
|
||||
@itemx --stdin-file-list
|
||||
Read list of files to be packed from the standard input rather
|
||||
than from the command line. Input must be one file name per line.
|
||||
This switch is especially useful when the command line will not hold
|
||||
the list of files to be packed. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
find . -type f -print | shar -S -o /tmp/big.shar
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
If @code{-p} is specified on the command line, then the options
|
||||
@code{-M}, @code{-B}, @code{-T}, @code{-z} and @code{-Z} may be
|
||||
included in the standard input (on a line separate from file names).
|
||||
The maximum number of lines of standard input, file names and options,
|
||||
may not exceed 1024.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Splitting, Headers, Selecting, shar invocation
|
||||
@section Splitting output
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item -o @var{@var{prefix}}
|
||||
@itemx --output-prefix=@var{prefix}
|
||||
Save the archive to files @file{@var{prefix}.01} through
|
||||
@file{@var{prefix}.@var{nnn}} instead of standard output. This option
|
||||
@emph{must} be used when the @code{-l} or the @code{-L} switches
|
||||
are used.
|
||||
|
||||
When @var{prefix} contains any @samp{%} character, @var{prefix} is then
|
||||
interpreted as a @code{sprintf} format, which should be able to display
|
||||
a single decimal number. When @var{prefix} does not contain such a
|
||||
@samp{%} character, the string @samp{.%02d} is internally appended.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -l @var{size}
|
||||
@itemx --whole-size-limit=@var{size}
|
||||
Limit the output file size to @var{size} times 1024 bytes but don't
|
||||
split input files. This allows the recipient of the shell archives
|
||||
to unpack them in any order.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -L @var{size}
|
||||
@itemx --split-size-limit=@var{size}
|
||||
Limit output file size to @var{size} times 1024 bytes and split files
|
||||
if necessary. The archives created with this option must be unpacked
|
||||
in the correct order. If the recipient of the shell archives wants to
|
||||
put all of them in a single folder, she shall save them in the correct
|
||||
order for @code{unshar}, used with option @code{-e}, to unpack them
|
||||
all at once. @xref{unshar invocation}.
|
||||
|
||||
For people used to saving all the shell archives into a single mail
|
||||
folder, care must be taken to save them in the appropriate order.
|
||||
For those having the appropriate tools (like Masanobu Umeda's
|
||||
@code{rmailsort} package for GNU Emacs), shell archives can be saved
|
||||
in any order, then sorted by increasing date (or send time) before
|
||||
massive unpacking.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Headers, Stocking, Splitting, shar invocation
|
||||
@section Controlling the shar headers
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item -n @var{name}
|
||||
@itemx --archive-name=@var{name}
|
||||
Name of archive to be included in the header of the shar files.
|
||||
Also see the @code{-a} switch further down.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -s @var{address}
|
||||
@itemx --submitter=@var{address}
|
||||
The @code{-s} option allows for overriding the email address for the
|
||||
submitter, for when the default is not appropriate. The automatically
|
||||
determined address looks like @file{@var{username}@@@var{hostname}}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -a
|
||||
@itemx --net-headers
|
||||
Allows automatic generation of headers:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
Submitted-by: @var{address}
|
||||
Archive-name: @var{name}/part@var{nn}
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
The @var{name} must be given with the @code{-n} switch. If name
|
||||
includes a @samp{/}, then @samp{/part} isn't used. Thus
|
||||
@samp{-n xyzzy} produces:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
xyzzy/part01
|
||||
xyzzy/part02
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
while @samp{-n xyzzy/patch} produces:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch02
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
and @samp{-n xyzzy/patch01.} produces:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.01
|
||||
xyzzy/patch01.02
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@item -c
|
||||
@itemx --cut-mark
|
||||
Start the shar with a cut line. A line saying @samp{Cut here} is
|
||||
placed at the start of each output file.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Stocking, Transmission, Headers, shar invocation
|
||||
@section Selecting how files are stocked
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item -T
|
||||
@itemx --text-files
|
||||
Treat all files as text, regardless of their contents.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -B
|
||||
@itemx --uuencode
|
||||
Treat all files as binary, use @code{uuencode} prior to packing. This
|
||||
increases the size of the archive. The recipient must have
|
||||
@code{uudecode} in order to unpack.
|
||||
|
||||
@display
|
||||
Use of @code{uuencode} is not appreciated by many on the net, because
|
||||
people like to readily see, by mere inspection of a shell archive,
|
||||
what it is about.
|
||||
@end display
|
||||
|
||||
@item -M
|
||||
@itemx --mixed-uuencode
|
||||
Mixed mode. Automatically determine if the files are text or binary
|
||||
and archive correctly. Files found to be binary are uuencoded prior
|
||||
to packing. This option is selected by default.
|
||||
|
||||
For a file is considered to be a text file, instead of a binary file,
|
||||
all the following should be true simultaneously:
|
||||
@enumerate
|
||||
@item
|
||||
The file does not contain any ASCII control character besides @key{BS}
|
||||
(backspace), @key{HT} (horizontal tab), @key{LF} (new line) or @key{FF}
|
||||
(form feed).
|
||||
@item
|
||||
The file does not contains a @key{DEL} (delete).
|
||||
@item
|
||||
The file contains no character with its eighth-bit set.
|
||||
@item
|
||||
The file, unless totally empty, terminates with a @key{LF} (newline).
|
||||
@item
|
||||
No line in the file contains more than 200 characters. For counting
|
||||
purpose, lines are separated by a @key{LF} (newline).
|
||||
@end enumerate
|
||||
|
||||
@item -z
|
||||
@itemx --gzip
|
||||
Use @code{gzip} and @code{uuencode} on all files prior to packing.
|
||||
The recipient must have @code{uudecode} and @code{gzip} (used with
|
||||
@code{-d}) in order to unpack.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage of @code{-z} in net shars will cause you to be flamed off
|
||||
the earth.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -g @var{level}
|
||||
@itemx --level-for-gzip=@var{level}
|
||||
When doing compression, use @code{-@var{level}} as a parameter to
|
||||
@code{gzip}. The @code{-g} option turns on the @code{-z} option
|
||||
by default. The default value is 9, that is, maximum compression.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -Z
|
||||
@itemx --compress
|
||||
Use @code{compress} and @code{uuencode} on all files prior to packing.
|
||||
The recipient must have @code{uudecode} and @code{compress} (used
|
||||
with @code{-d}) in order to unpack. Option @code{-C} is a synonymous
|
||||
for @code{-Z}, but is deprecated.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage of @code{-Z} in net shars will cause you to be flamed off
|
||||
the earth.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -b @var{bits}
|
||||
@itemx --bits-per-code=@var{bits}
|
||||
When doing compression, use @code{-b@var{x}} as a parameter to
|
||||
@code{compress}. The @code{-B} option turns on the @code{-Z}
|
||||
option by default. The default value is 12, foreseeing the memory
|
||||
limitations of some @code{compress} programs on smallish systems, at
|
||||
@code{unshar} time.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Transmission, Kinds, Stocking, shar invocation
|
||||
@section Protecting against transmission errors
|
||||
|
||||
Transmission of shell archives is not always free of errors. So one
|
||||
should make consistency checks on the receiving site. A very simple
|
||||
(and unreliable) method is running the UNIX @code{wc} tool on the output
|
||||
file. This can report the number of characters in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
As one can guess this does not catch all errors. Especially changing of
|
||||
a character value does not change the computed check sum. To achieve
|
||||
this goal better method were invented and standardized. One very strong
|
||||
is MD5 (MD = message digests). This is standardized in RFC 1321. The
|
||||
produced shell scripts do not force the @code{md5sum} program to be
|
||||
installed on the system. This is necessary because it is not yet part
|
||||
of every UNIX. The program is however not necessary for producing the
|
||||
shell archive.
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item -w
|
||||
@itemx --no-character-count
|
||||
Do @emph{not} check with @samp{wc -c} after unpack. The default is
|
||||
to check.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -D
|
||||
@itemx --no-md5-digest
|
||||
Do @emph{not} check with @samp{md5sum} after unpack. The default is
|
||||
to check.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -F
|
||||
@itemx --force-prefix
|
||||
Prepend the prefix character to every line even if not required.
|
||||
This option may slightly increase the size of the archive, especially
|
||||
if @code{-B} or @code{-Z} is used. Normally, the prefix character
|
||||
is @samp{X}. If the parameter to the @code{-d} option starts with
|
||||
@samp{X}, then the prefix character becomes @samp{Y}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -d @var{string}
|
||||
@itemx --here-delimiter=@var{string}
|
||||
Use @var{string} to delimit the files in the shar instead of
|
||||
@samp{SHAR_EOF}. This is for those who want to personalize their
|
||||
shar files.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Kinds, , Transmission, shar invocation
|
||||
@section Producing different kinds of shars
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item -V
|
||||
@itemx --vanilla-operation
|
||||
This option produces @dfn{vanilla} shars which rely only upon the
|
||||
existence of @code{echo}, @code{test} and @code{sed} in the unpacking
|
||||
environment.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{-V} disables options offensive to the @dfn{network cop}
|
||||
(or @dfn{brown shirt}). It also changes the default from mixed mode
|
||||
@code{-M} to text mode @code{-T}. Warnings are produced if option
|
||||
@code{-B}, @code{-z}, @code{-Z}, @code{-p} or @code{-M} is specified
|
||||
(any of which does or might require @code{uudecode}, @code{gzip} or
|
||||
@code{compress} in the unpacking environment).
|
||||
|
||||
@item -P
|
||||
@itemx --no-piping
|
||||
In the shar file, use a temporary file to hold the file to
|
||||
@code{uudecode}, instead of using pipes. This option is mandatory
|
||||
when you know the unpacking @code{uudecode} is unwilling to merely
|
||||
read its standard input. Richard Marks wrote what is certainly the
|
||||
most (in)famous of these, for MSDOS :-).
|
||||
|
||||
(Here is a side note from the maintainer. Why isnt't this option
|
||||
the default? In the past history of @code{shar}, it was decided
|
||||
that piping was better, surely because it is less demanding on disk
|
||||
space, and people seem to be happy with this. Besides, I think
|
||||
that the @code{uudecode} from Richard Marks, on MSDOS, is wrong in
|
||||
refusing to handle @code{stdin}. So far that I remember, he has
|
||||
the strong opinion that a program without any parameters should
|
||||
give its @code{--help} output. Besides that, should I say, his
|
||||
@code{uuencode} and @code{uudecode} programs are full-featured, one
|
||||
of the most complete set I ever saw. But Richard will not release
|
||||
his sources, he wants to stay in control.)
|
||||
|
||||
@item -x
|
||||
@itemx --no-check-existing
|
||||
Overwrite existing files without checking. If neither @code{-x} nor
|
||||
@code{-X} is specified, when unpacking itself, the shell archive will
|
||||
check for and not overwrite existing files (unless @code{-c} is passed
|
||||
as a parameter to the script when unpacking).
|
||||
|
||||
@item -X
|
||||
@itemx --query-user
|
||||
Interactively overwrite existing files.
|
||||
|
||||
Use of @code{-X} produces shars which @emph{will} cause problems
|
||||
with some @code{unshar}-style procedures, particularily when used
|
||||
together with vanilla mode (@code{-V}). Use this feature mainly for
|
||||
archives to be passed among agreeable parties. Certainly, @code{-X}
|
||||
is @emph{not} for shell archives which are to be submitted to Usenet
|
||||
or other public networks.
|
||||
|
||||
The problem is that @code{unshar} programs or procedures often feed
|
||||
@file{/bin/sh} from its standard input, thus putting @file{/bin/sh}
|
||||
and the shell archive script in competition for input lines. As an
|
||||
attempt to alleviate this problem, @code{shar} will try to detect if
|
||||
@file{/dev/tty} exists at the receiving site and will use it to read
|
||||
user replies. But this does not work in all cases, it may happen that
|
||||
the receiving user will have to avoid using @code{unshar} programs
|
||||
or procedures, and call @code{/bin/sh} directly. In vanilla mode,
|
||||
using @file{/dev/tty} is not even attempted.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -m
|
||||
@itemx --no-timestamp
|
||||
Avoid generating @code{touch} commands to restore the file modification
|
||||
dates when unpacking files from the archive.
|
||||
|
||||
When the timestamp relationship is not preserved, some files like
|
||||
@file{configure} or @file{*.info} may be uselessly remade after
|
||||
unpacking. This is why, when this option is not used, a special
|
||||
effort is made to restore timestamps,
|
||||
|
||||
@item -Q
|
||||
@itemx --quiet-unshar
|
||||
Verbose @emph{off} at @code{unshar} time. Disables the inclusion of
|
||||
comments to be output when the archive is unpacked.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -f
|
||||
@itemx --basename
|
||||
Use only the last file name component of each input file name, ignoring
|
||||
any prefix directories. This is sometimes useful when building a shar
|
||||
from several directories, or another directory. If a directory name
|
||||
is passed to @code{shar}, the substructure of that directory will be
|
||||
restored whether @code{-f} is specified or not.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node unshar invocation, Miscellaneous, shar invocation, Top
|
||||
@chapter Invoking the @code{unshar} program
|
||||
@pindex unshar
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the @code{unshar} command is:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
unshar [ @var{option} ] @dots{} [ @var{file} @dots{} ]
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
Each @var{file} is processed in turn, as a shell archive or a
|
||||
collection of shell archives. If no files are given, then standard
|
||||
input is processed instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
@item --version
|
||||
Print the version number of the program on standard output, then
|
||||
immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --help
|
||||
Print an help summary on standard output, then immediately exits.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -d @var{directory}
|
||||
@itemx --directory=@var{directory}
|
||||
Change directory to @var{directory} before unpacking any files.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -c
|
||||
@itemx --overwrite
|
||||
@item -f
|
||||
@itemx --force
|
||||
Passed as an option to the shar file. Many shell archive scripts
|
||||
(including those produced by @code{shar} 3.40 and newer) accepts
|
||||
a @code{-c} argument to indicate that existing files should be
|
||||
overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
The option @code{-f} is provided for a more unique interface. Many
|
||||
programs (such as @code{cp} and @code{mv}) use this option to trigger
|
||||
the very same action.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -e
|
||||
@itemx --exit-0
|
||||
This option exists mainly for people who collect many shell archives
|
||||
into a single mail folder. With this option, @code{unshar} isolates
|
||||
each different shell archive from the others which have been put in the
|
||||
same file, unpacking each in turn, from the beginning of the file
|
||||
towards its end. Its proper operation relies on the fact that many shar
|
||||
files are terminated by a @w{@samp{exit 0}} at the beginning of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
Option @code{-e} is internally equivalent to @w{@code{-E "exit 0"}}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -E @var{string}
|
||||
@itemx --split-at=@var{string}
|
||||
This option works like @code{-e}, but it allows you to specify the
|
||||
string that separates archives if @samp{exit 0} isn't appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, noticing that most @file{.signatures} have a @samp{--} on
|
||||
a line right before them, one can sometimes use @samp{--split-at=--}
|
||||
for splitting shell archives which lack the @samp{exit 0} line at end.
|
||||
The signature will then be skipped altogether with the headers of
|
||||
the following message.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@node Miscellaneous, , unshar invocation, Top
|
||||
@chapter Miscellaneous considerations
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a place-holder for many considerations which do not fit
|
||||
elsewhere, while not worth a section for themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
Be careful that the output file(s) are not included in the inputs
|
||||
or @code{shar} may loop until the disk fills up. Be particularly
|
||||
careful when a directory is passed to @code{shar} that the output
|
||||
files are not in that directory (or a subdirectory of that directory).
|
||||
|
||||
When a directory is passed to @code{shar}, it may be scanned more
|
||||
than once, to conserve memory. Therefore, one should be careful to
|
||||
not change the directory contents while @code{shar} is running.
|
||||
|
||||
No attempt is made to restore the protection and modification dates
|
||||
for directories, even if this is done by default for files. Thus, if
|
||||
a directory is given to @code{shar}, the protection and modification
|
||||
dates of corresponding unpacked directory may not match those of
|
||||
the original.
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the @code{-M} or @code{-B} options will slow down the archive
|
||||
process. Use of the @code{-z} or @code{-Z} options may slow the
|
||||
archive process considerably.
|
||||
|
||||
Let us conclude by a showing a few examples of @code{shar} usage:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
shar *.c > cprog.shar
|
||||
shar -Q *.[ch] > cprog.shar
|
||||
shar -B -l28 -oarc.sh. *.arc
|
||||
shar -f /lcl/src/u*.c > u.sh
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
The first shows how to make a shell archive out of all C program
|
||||
sources. The second produces a shell archive with all @file{.c}
|
||||
and @file{.h} files, which unpacks silently. The third gives a shell
|
||||
archive of all uuencoded @file{.arc} files, into files @file{arc.sh.01}
|
||||
through to @file{arc.sh.@var{nnn}}. The last example gives a shell
|
||||
archive which will use only the file names at unpack time.
|
||||
|
||||
@contents
|
||||
@bye
|
||||
|
||||
@c Local variables:
|
||||
@c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
|
||||
@c End:
|
||||
1
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/stamp-vti
Normal file
1
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/stamp-vti
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
timestamp
|
||||
4430
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/texinfo.tex
Normal file
4430
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/texinfo.tex
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
56
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/unshar.1
Normal file
56
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/unshar.1
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
.TH UNSHAR 1 "September 10, 1995"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
unshar \- unpack a shar file
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
unshar [ options ] [ file ... ]
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Unshar scans mail messages looking for the start of a shell archive. It
|
||||
then passes the archive through a copy of the shell to unpack it. It
|
||||
will accept multiple files. If no files are given, standard input is used.
|
||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Options have a one letter version starting with \- or a long version starting
|
||||
with \-\-. The exception is \f2\-\-help\f1 and \f2\-\-version\f1,
|
||||
which does not have a short version.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-\-version\f1"
|
||||
Print the version number of the program on standard output,
|
||||
then immediately exits.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-\-help\f1"
|
||||
Print a help summary on standard output, then immediately exits.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-d\f1 DIRECTORY \f2\-\-directory=\f1DIRECTORY"
|
||||
Change directory to DIRECTORY before unpacking any files.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-c\f1 \f2\-\-overwrite\f1"
|
||||
Passed as an option to the shar file. Many shell archive scripts
|
||||
(including those produced by `shar' 3.40 and newer) accepts a \f2\-c\f1
|
||||
argument to indicate that existing files should be overwritten.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-e\f1 \f2\-\-exit-0\f1"
|
||||
This option exists mainly for people who collect many shell
|
||||
archives into a single mail folder. With this option, `unshar'
|
||||
isolates each different shell archive from the others which have
|
||||
been put in the same file, unpacking each in turn, from the
|
||||
beginning of the file towards its end. Its proper operation
|
||||
relies on the fact that many shar files are terminated by a
|
||||
`exit 0' at the beginning of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
Option \f2\-e\f1 is internally equivalent to \f2\-E\f1 "exit 0".
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-E\f1 STRING \f2\-\-split-at=\f1STRING"
|
||||
This option works like \f2\-e\f1, but it allows you to specify the
|
||||
string that separates archives if `exit 0' isn't appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, noticing that most `.signatures' have a `\-\-' on a
|
||||
line right before them, one can sometimes use `\f2\-\-split-at\f1=\-\-' for
|
||||
splitting shell archives which lack the `exit 0' line at end. The
|
||||
signature will then be skipped altogether with the headers of the
|
||||
following message.
|
||||
.IP "\f2\-f\f1 \f2\-\-force\f1"
|
||||
The same as \f2\-c\f1.
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
shar(1)
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
Any message from the shell may be displayed.
|
||||
.SH AUTHORS
|
||||
The shar and unshar programs is the collective work of many authors.
|
||||
Many people contributed by reporting problems, suggesting
|
||||
various improvements or submitting actual code. A list of
|
||||
these people is in the THANKS file in the sharutils distribution.
|
||||
129
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/uuencode.1
Normal file
129
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/uuencode.1
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
'.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
'.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
'.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
'.\" are met:
|
||||
'.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
'.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
'.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
'.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
'.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
'.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
|
||||
'.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
|
||||
'.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
|
||||
'.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
|
||||
'.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
'.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
'.\" without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
'.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
||||
'.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
'.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
'.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
'.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
'.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
'.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
'.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
'.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
'.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
'.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
'.\" Modified from
|
||||
'.\" @(#)uuencode.1 6.9 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
.TH uuencode 1
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
uuencode \- encode a binary file
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
uudecode \- decode a file created by uuencode
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B uuencode
|
||||
[\-m] [ file ] name
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B uudecode
|
||||
[-o outfile] [ file ]...
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.I Uuencode
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I uudecode
|
||||
are used to transmit binary files over transmission mediums
|
||||
that do not support other than simple
|
||||
ASCII
|
||||
data.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Uuencode
|
||||
reads
|
||||
.I file
|
||||
(or by default the standard input) and writes an encoded version
|
||||
to the standard output.
|
||||
The encoding uses only printing
|
||||
ASCII
|
||||
characters and includes the
|
||||
mode of the file and the operand
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
for use by
|
||||
.I uudecode.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
is
|
||||
.I /dev/stdout
|
||||
the result will be written to standard output. By default the standard
|
||||
UU encoding format will be used. If the option
|
||||
.I \-m
|
||||
is given on the command line
|
||||
.B base64
|
||||
encoding is used instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Uudecode
|
||||
transforms
|
||||
uuencoded
|
||||
.I files
|
||||
(or by default, the standard input) into the original form.
|
||||
The resulting file is named
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
(or
|
||||
.I outfile
|
||||
if the \-o option is given)
|
||||
and will have the mode of the original file except that setuid
|
||||
and execute bits are not retained. If
|
||||
.I outfile
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
is /dev/stdout the result will be written to standard output.
|
||||
.I Uudecode
|
||||
ignores any leading and trailing lines. The program can automatically decide
|
||||
which of the both supported encoding schemes are used.
|
||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
||||
The following example packages up a source tree, compresses it,
|
||||
uuencodes it and mails it to a user on another system.
|
||||
When
|
||||
.I uudecode
|
||||
is run on the target system, the file ``src_tree.tar.Z'' will be
|
||||
created which may then be uncompressed and extracted into the original
|
||||
tree.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.IP
|
||||
.NF
|
||||
tar cf \- src_tree \&| compress \&|
|
||||
uuencode src_tree.tar.Z \&| mail sys1!sys2!user
|
||||
.FI
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
compress(1), mail(1), uucp(1), uuencode(5)
|
||||
.SH STANDARDS
|
||||
This implementation is compliant with P1003.2b/D11.
|
||||
.SH BUGS
|
||||
If more than one file is given to
|
||||
.I uudecode
|
||||
and the \-o option is given or more than one
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
in the encoded files are the same the result is probably not what is expected.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The encoded form of the file is expanded by 37% for UU encoding and by 35%
|
||||
for base64 encoding (3 bytes become 4 plus control information).
|
||||
.SH HISTORY
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I uuencode
|
||||
command appeared in
|
||||
BSD 4.0.
|
||||
93
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/uuencode.5
Normal file
93
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/uuencode.5
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
||||
'.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
'.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
'.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
'.\" are met:
|
||||
'.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
'.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
'.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
'.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
'.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
'.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
|
||||
'.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
|
||||
'.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
|
||||
'.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
|
||||
'.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
'.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
'.\" without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
'.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
||||
'.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
'.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
'.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
'.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
'.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
'.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
'.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
'.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
'.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
'.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
'.\" @(#)uuencode.format.5 6.4 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
|
||||
'.\"
|
||||
.TH UUENCODE 5
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
uuencode \- format of an encoded uuencode file
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
Files output by
|
||||
uuencode(1)
|
||||
consist of a header line,
|
||||
followed by a number of body lines,
|
||||
and a trailer line.
|
||||
The
|
||||
uudecode(1)
|
||||
command
|
||||
will ignore any lines preceding the header or
|
||||
following the trailer.
|
||||
Lines preceding a header must not, of course,
|
||||
look like a header.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The header line is distinguished by having the first
|
||||
6 characters
|
||||
.I begin\ \&
|
||||
The word
|
||||
.I begin
|
||||
is followed by a mode (in octal),
|
||||
and a string which names the remote file.
|
||||
A space separates the three items in the header line.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The body consists of a number of lines, each at most 62 characters
|
||||
long (including the trailing newline).
|
||||
These consist of a character count,
|
||||
followed by encoded characters,
|
||||
followed by a newline.
|
||||
The character count is a single printing character,
|
||||
and represents an integer, the number of bytes
|
||||
the rest of the line represents.
|
||||
Such integers are always in the range from 0 to 63 and can
|
||||
be determined by subtracting the character space (octal 40)
|
||||
from the character.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Groups of 3 bytes are stored in 4 characters, 6 bits per character.
|
||||
All are offset by a space to make the characters printing.
|
||||
The last line may be shorter than the normal 45 bytes.
|
||||
If the size is not a multiple of 3, this fact can be determined
|
||||
by the value of the count on the last line.
|
||||
Extra garbage will be included to make the character count a multiple
|
||||
of 4.
|
||||
The body is terminated by a line with a count of zero.
|
||||
This line consists of one
|
||||
ASCII
|
||||
space.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The trailer line consists of
|
||||
.I end
|
||||
on a line by itself.
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
uuencode(1), uudecode(1), uusend(1), uucp(1), mail(1)
|
||||
.SH HISTORY
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I uuencode
|
||||
file format appeared in
|
||||
BSD 4.0 .
|
||||
3
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/version.texi
Normal file
3
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/doc/version.texi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
@set EDITION 4.1.9
|
||||
@set UPDATED 28 October
|
||||
@set VERSION 4.1.9
|
||||
238
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/install-sh
Executable file
238
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/install-sh
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
#
|
||||
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
|
||||
# This comes from X11R5.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
|
||||
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
|
||||
# when there is no Makefile.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
|
||||
# from scratch.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
|
||||
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
|
||||
|
||||
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
|
||||
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
|
||||
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
|
||||
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
|
||||
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
|
||||
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
|
||||
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
|
||||
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
|
||||
|
||||
tranformbasename=""
|
||||
transform_arg=""
|
||||
instcmd="$mvprog"
|
||||
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
|
||||
chowncmd=""
|
||||
chgrpcmd=""
|
||||
stripcmd=""
|
||||
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
|
||||
mvcmd="$mvprog"
|
||||
src=""
|
||||
dst=""
|
||||
dir_arg=""
|
||||
|
||||
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-d) dir_arg=true
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
src=$1
|
||||
else
|
||||
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
|
||||
:
|
||||
dst=$1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$src" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
echo "install: no input file specified"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
|
||||
dst=$src
|
||||
src=""
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -d $dst ]; then
|
||||
instcmd=:
|
||||
else
|
||||
instcmd=mkdir
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
|
||||
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
|
||||
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
true
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "install: $src does not exist"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
echo "install: no destination specified"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
|
||||
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -d $dst ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
|
||||
else
|
||||
true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
|
||||
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
|
||||
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
|
||||
|
||||
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
|
||||
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
|
||||
defaultIFS='
|
||||
'
|
||||
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
|
||||
|
||||
oIFS="${IFS}"
|
||||
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
|
||||
IFS='%'
|
||||
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
|
||||
IFS="${oIFS}"
|
||||
|
||||
pathcomp=''
|
||||
|
||||
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
|
||||
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
|
||||
then
|
||||
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
|
||||
else
|
||||
true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dstfile=`basename $dst`
|
||||
else
|
||||
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
|
||||
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dstfile=`basename $dst`
|
||||
else
|
||||
true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
|
||||
|
||||
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
|
||||
|
||||
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
|
||||
|
||||
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
|
||||
|
||||
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
|
||||
|
||||
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
|
||||
|
||||
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
|
||||
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
|
||||
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||
|
||||
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||
|
||||
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
|
||||
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
|
||||
|
||||
fi &&
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
693
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/ChangeLog
Normal file
693
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/ChangeLog
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
|
||||
Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c (textdomain):
|
||||
Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First
|
||||
try local file, when this failed absolute path.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in:
|
||||
Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
|
||||
|
||||
* hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13
|
||||
characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc,
|
||||
libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus <ericb@lsid.hp.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand
|
||||
#if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* hash-string.h (hash_string):
|
||||
Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT):
|
||||
Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
|
||||
Some further simplifications in message number generation.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install-src):
|
||||
Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This
|
||||
is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller.
|
||||
|
||||
* libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file):
|
||||
Protect prototypes in type casts by __P.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettextP.h: Fix copyright.
|
||||
(SWAP): Add prototype.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof.
|
||||
Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead.
|
||||
Patch by Roland McGrath.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (stpcpy):
|
||||
Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c: Fix typo.
|
||||
|
||||
* xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed:
|
||||
While bringing message number to right place only accept digits.
|
||||
|
||||
* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have
|
||||
leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus
|
||||
Daniels.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in
|
||||
dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement.
|
||||
Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a
|
||||
if we use an available gettext implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported
|
||||
by Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c:
|
||||
Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning.
|
||||
DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals.
|
||||
DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales.
|
||||
This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks
|
||||
ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This
|
||||
might mark a special condition.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
|
||||
Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec):
|
||||
Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition.
|
||||
Capitalize macro arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
|
||||
Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value.
|
||||
Reported by Tom Tromey.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.c (NULL):
|
||||
Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (alias_compare):
|
||||
Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is
|
||||
even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables.
|
||||
(install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c.
|
||||
|
||||
* po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c:
|
||||
Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
|
||||
Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now
|
||||
we don't have a constant number of successors anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc.
|
||||
(COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c:
|
||||
[_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name
|
||||
space clean.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change.
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c:
|
||||
[_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to
|
||||
__fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp
|
||||
to keep ANSI C name space clean.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c:
|
||||
[_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c:
|
||||
[_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to
|
||||
keep ANSI C name space clean.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h:
|
||||
Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there.
|
||||
Reported by Francesco Potorti`.
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers
|
||||
unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined.
|
||||
|
||||
* textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
|
||||
compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
|
||||
unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.c:
|
||||
Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc.
|
||||
Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
|
||||
compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
|
||||
unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally
|
||||
if _LIBC is defined.
|
||||
|
||||
* dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
|
||||
libgettext.h.
|
||||
(locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
|
||||
libgettext.h.
|
||||
(getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
* bindtextdom.c:
|
||||
If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0.
|
||||
Reported by Marcus Daniels.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
|
||||
String used in putenv must not be recycled.
|
||||
Reported by Marcus Daniels.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT):
|
||||
Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext
|
||||
library.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
|
||||
Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement.
|
||||
Reported by Nelson Beebe.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
|
||||
While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided
|
||||
higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'.
|
||||
|
||||
* textdomain.c (textdomain):
|
||||
Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (alias_compare):
|
||||
Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use
|
||||
implementation in place.
|
||||
|
||||
* intl-compat.c:
|
||||
Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c:
|
||||
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
|
||||
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
|
||||
standalone.
|
||||
|
||||
* bindtextdom.c:
|
||||
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
|
||||
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
|
||||
standalone.
|
||||
Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
* dgettext.c:
|
||||
Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.c:
|
||||
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
|
||||
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
|
||||
standalone.
|
||||
Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c:
|
||||
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
|
||||
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
|
||||
standalone.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard
|
||||
locale definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps
|
||||
gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the
|
||||
install goal.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* VERSION.in: Initial revision.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
|
||||
Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but
|
||||
for other packages using this library.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain):
|
||||
New prototype after changing search strategy.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
|
||||
We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other
|
||||
catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c (__dcgettext):
|
||||
Now we provide message fall back even to different languages.
|
||||
I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other
|
||||
in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible
|
||||
within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from
|
||||
_nl_find_domain to here.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir):
|
||||
Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made
|
||||
available.
|
||||
(INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources.
|
||||
(gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in
|
||||
gettextize shell script.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain):
|
||||
Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is
|
||||
also available.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
|
||||
Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
|
||||
Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in
|
||||
the buffer after the initial `fgets' call.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain):
|
||||
Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
|
||||
Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len.
|
||||
(expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not
|
||||
exist anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
|
||||
Change type of fname_len parameter to int.
|
||||
(xmalloc): Add prototype.
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
|
||||
Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value.
|
||||
(SOURCES): Add localealias.c.
|
||||
(OBJECTS): Add localealias.o.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c.
|
||||
|
||||
* localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names.
|
||||
|
||||
* bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
|
||||
Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used.
|
||||
Reported by Marcus Daniels.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettextP.h (loaded_domain):
|
||||
New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy
|
||||
message handling implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c:
|
||||
Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing.
|
||||
Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales.
|
||||
(find_msg): New function.
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c:
|
||||
Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-).
|
||||
We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with
|
||||
a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale.
|
||||
Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each
|
||||
of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (unistd.h):
|
||||
Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument.
|
||||
(TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory,
|
||||
not $(srcdir).
|
||||
(ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src.
|
||||
(distclean): Remove ID.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (gnulocaledir):
|
||||
New variable, always using share/ for data directory.
|
||||
(DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname):
|
||||
Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point
|
||||
to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to.
|
||||
|
||||
* intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain):
|
||||
Undefine macros before function definition.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H):
|
||||
Protect definition in case where this file is included as
|
||||
libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo.
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext.
|
||||
|
||||
* dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls
|
||||
__dcgettext.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.c (gettext):
|
||||
Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext.
|
||||
|
||||
* textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain.
|
||||
|
||||
* bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called
|
||||
__bindtextdomain.
|
||||
|
||||
* intl-compat.c: Initial revision.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c.
|
||||
(OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions.
|
||||
OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o,
|
||||
and intl-compat.o.
|
||||
(GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h:
|
||||
Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h.
|
||||
For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library.
|
||||
(_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines.
|
||||
A little bit better comments.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in:
|
||||
po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc.
|
||||
|
||||
* po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp:
|
||||
Moved to ../misc/.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables.
|
||||
(install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file.
|
||||
|
||||
* po-mode.el (Installation comment):
|
||||
Add .pox as possible extension of .po files.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not
|
||||
fail when not compiling in the source directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o):
|
||||
Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh.
|
||||
(install-exec): Add missing dummy goal.
|
||||
(install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at
|
||||
beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
|
||||
Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars
|
||||
file systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.perl:
|
||||
Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing.
|
||||
|
||||
* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
|
||||
Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches.
|
||||
|
||||
* hash-string.h (hash_string):
|
||||
Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.h (nls_uint32):
|
||||
Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable.
|
||||
(DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp.
|
||||
Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation.
|
||||
(install-data): install $ELCFILES
|
||||
(clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp.
|
||||
|
||||
* elisp-comp: Initial revision
|
||||
|
||||
Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in:
|
||||
cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical
|
||||
intl/ directory in all packages.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2.
|
||||
|
||||
* textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined)
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files
|
||||
(DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/
|
||||
|
||||
* po-to-tbl.sed.in:
|
||||
add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h.
|
||||
Allow use in C++ programs.
|
||||
Define NULL is not happened already.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of
|
||||
po-to-tbl.sed.
|
||||
(distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl.
|
||||
|
||||
* tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line.
|
||||
Don't include entries without translation from old .po file.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "".
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR).
|
||||
Define getenv if !__STDC__.
|
||||
|
||||
* bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion.
|
||||
Define free if !__STDC__.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
|
||||
Define free if !__STDC__.
|
||||
|
||||
* cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
|
||||
|
||||
Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR.
|
||||
Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency.
|
||||
|
||||
* makelinks: Add copyright and short description.
|
||||
|
||||
* po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7.
|
||||
|
||||
* tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message.
|
||||
|
||||
* dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
* finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in.
|
||||
|
||||
* po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
|
||||
|
||||
* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* First official release. This directory contains all the code
|
||||
needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions
|
||||
which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface
|
||||
like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not
|
||||
have neither of those a complete implementation is provided.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
166
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/Makefile
Normal file
166
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = sharutils
|
||||
VERSION = 4.2.1
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = .
|
||||
top_srcdir = ..
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = /usr/local
|
||||
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
|
||||
transform = s,x,x,
|
||||
libdir = $(prefix)/lib
|
||||
includedir = $(prefix)/include
|
||||
datadir = $(prefix)/share
|
||||
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
|
||||
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext
|
||||
aliaspath = $(localedir):.
|
||||
subdir = intl
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = /bin/install -c
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
CC = gcc
|
||||
RANLIB = ranlib
|
||||
|
||||
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
|
||||
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g -O
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h
|
||||
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
|
||||
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
|
||||
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
|
||||
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = $(GETTOBJS) bindtextdom.o dcgettext.o dgettext.o gettext.o \
|
||||
finddomain.o loadmsgcat.o localealias.o textdomain.o
|
||||
CATOBJS = cat-compat.o ../po/cat-id-tbl.o
|
||||
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.o
|
||||
DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
|
||||
xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) VERSION
|
||||
DISTFILES.gettext = $(DISTFILES.common) libintl.glibc libintl.inst
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .o
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
|
||||
|
||||
all: libintl.a
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
rm -f $@
|
||||
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) $@
|
||||
|
||||
../po/cat-id-tbl.o: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||
cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.o
|
||||
|
||||
check install: all
|
||||
|
||||
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
|
||||
# only use the library should use install instead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a system
|
||||
# which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a separate
|
||||
# library. A special case is where configure found a previously installed
|
||||
# GNU gettext library. If you want to use the one which comes with this
|
||||
# version of the package, you have to use `configure --with-gnu-gettext'.
|
||||
install-src: install
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir) $(gettextsrcdir)
|
||||
if test -f libintl.h; then \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/libintl.inst \
|
||||
$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES.common); do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(gettextsrcdir)/intl-$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/intl-VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/intl-$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
info dvi:
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.o finddomain.o loadmsgcat.o: gettextP.h gettext.h
|
||||
dcgettext.o: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.o core core.*
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# This dist goal is only used in GNU gettext. GNU gettext needs not contain
|
||||
# the file `VERSION' but contains some other files which should not be
|
||||
# distributed in other packages.
|
||||
dist-gettext: Makefile $(DISTFILES.gettext)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES.gettext); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
dist-libc:
|
||||
tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
166
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/Makefile.in
Normal file
166
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/Makefile.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
libdir = $(prefix)/lib
|
||||
includedir = $(prefix)/include
|
||||
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
|
||||
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
|
||||
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext
|
||||
aliaspath = $(localedir):.
|
||||
subdir = intl
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
|
||||
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
|
||||
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h
|
||||
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
|
||||
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
|
||||
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
|
||||
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.o dcgettext.o dgettext.o gettext.o \
|
||||
finddomain.o loadmsgcat.o localealias.o textdomain.o
|
||||
CATOBJS = cat-compat.o ../po/cat-id-tbl.o
|
||||
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.o
|
||||
DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
|
||||
xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) VERSION
|
||||
DISTFILES.gettext = $(DISTFILES.common) libintl.glibc libintl.inst
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .o
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
|
||||
|
||||
all: libintl.a
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
rm -f $@
|
||||
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) $@
|
||||
|
||||
../po/cat-id-tbl.o: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||
cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.o
|
||||
|
||||
check install: all
|
||||
|
||||
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
|
||||
# only use the library should use install instead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a system
|
||||
# which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a separate
|
||||
# library. A special case is where configure found a previously installed
|
||||
# GNU gettext library. If you want to use the one which comes with this
|
||||
# version of the package, you have to use `configure --with-gnu-gettext'.
|
||||
install-src: install
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir) $(gettextsrcdir)
|
||||
if test -f libintl.h; then \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/libintl.inst \
|
||||
$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES.common); do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(gettextsrcdir)/intl-$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/intl-VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/intl-$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
info dvi:
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.o finddomain.o loadmsgcat.o: gettextP.h gettext.h
|
||||
dcgettext.o: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.o core core.*
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# This dist goal is only used in GNU gettext. GNU gettext needs not contain
|
||||
# the file `VERSION' but contains some other files which should not be
|
||||
# distributed in other packages.
|
||||
dist-gettext: Makefile $(DISTFILES.gettext)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES.gettext); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
dist-libc:
|
||||
tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
1
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/VERSION
Normal file
1
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/VERSION
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10
|
||||
172
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/bindtextdom.c
Normal file
172
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/bindtextdom.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
||||
/* bindtextdom.c -- implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
|
||||
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some sanity checks. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||
binding = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. Replace the old binding. */
|
||||
char *new_dirname;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_dirname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp (binding->dirname, _nl_default_dirname) != 0)
|
||||
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->dirname = new_dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have to create a new binding. */
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
struct binding *new_binding =
|
||||
(struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_binding == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now enqueue it. */
|
||||
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
while (binding->next != NULL
|
||||
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
|
||||
binding = binding->next;
|
||||
|
||||
new_binding->next = binding->next;
|
||||
binding->next = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
binding = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return binding->dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/bindtextdom.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/bindtextdom.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
252
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/cat-compat.c
Normal file
252
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/cat-compat.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
|
||||
/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
|
||||
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
|
||||
# include <nl_types.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The catalog descriptor. */
|
||||
static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default catalog. */
|
||||
static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of currently used catalog. */
|
||||
static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
|
||||
static int msg_to_cat_id __P ((const char *msg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy __P ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (domainname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
nl_catd new_catalog;
|
||||
char *new_name;
|
||||
size_t new_name_len;
|
||||
char *lang;
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_SETLOCALE && HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL
|
||||
lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
|
||||
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||
lang = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||
lang = "C";
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
domainname = default_catalog_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute length of added path element. */
|
||||
new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
|
||||
+ sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
|
||||
+ sizeof (".cat");
|
||||
|
||||
new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
|
||||
if (new_name == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
|
||||
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
|
||||
sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
|
||||
PACKAGE);
|
||||
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (new_name);
|
||||
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Close old catalog. */
|
||||
if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
catclose (catalog);
|
||||
if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
|
||||
free ((char *) catalog_name);
|
||||
|
||||
catalog = new_catalog;
|
||||
catalog_name = new_name;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||
char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
|
||||
size_t new_val_len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
|
||||
the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
|
||||
peanuts. */
|
||||
new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
|
||||
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
|
||||
old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
|
||||
if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
old_val = NULL;
|
||||
new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
|
||||
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
|
||||
|
||||
new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
|
||||
if (new_val == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
cp = new_val;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
|
||||
|
||||
if (old_val == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, old_val);
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
|
||||
free (new_val);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
putenv (new_val);
|
||||
/* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
|
||||
from now on. */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) domainname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (msg)
|
||||
const char *msg;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int msgid;
|
||||
|
||||
if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
return (char *) msg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
|
||||
The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
|
||||
which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
|
||||
msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
|
||||
if (msgid == -1)
|
||||
return (char *) msg;
|
||||
|
||||
return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
|
||||
for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
|
||||
the string is not found return -1. */
|
||||
static int
|
||||
msg_to_cat_id (msg)
|
||||
const char *msg;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
|
||||
return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||
char *dest;
|
||||
const char *src;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
522
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dcgettext.c
Normal file
522
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dcgettext.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
|
||||
/* dcgettext.c -- implemenatation of the dcgettext(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define getcwd __getcwd
|
||||
# define stpcpy __stpcpy
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined HAVE_GETCWD && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
char *getwd ();
|
||||
# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getcwd ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
|
||||
#define PATH_INCR 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
|
||||
/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
|
||||
PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
|
||||
later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
|
||||
#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
|
||||
# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
|
||||
# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
# include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PATH_MAX
|
||||
# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
|
||||
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
|
||||
setting of `local'.''
|
||||
However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
|
||||
defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
|
||||
system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
|
||||
textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
|
||||
const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
|
||||
const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
|
||||
calls. */
|
||||
struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static char *find_msg __P ((struct loaded_domain *domain, const char *msgid));
|
||||
static const char *category_to_name __P((int category));
|
||||
static const char *guess_category_value __P((int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
const char *categoryname;
|
||||
const char *categoryvalue;
|
||||
char *dirname, *xdomainname;
|
||||
char *single_locale;
|
||||
char *retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
|
||||
if (msgid == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
|
||||
CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
|
||||
defintion left this undefined. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First find matching binding. */
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||
binding = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding == NULL)
|
||||
dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
|
||||
dirname = binding->dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
|
||||
size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
|
||||
size_t path_max;
|
||||
char *ret;
|
||||
|
||||
path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
|
||||
path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
|
||||
|
||||
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
|
||||
|
||||
errno = 0;
|
||||
while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
path_max += PATH_INCR;
|
||||
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
|
||||
errno = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == NULL)
|
||||
/* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
|
||||
error but simply return the default string. */
|
||||
return (char *) msgid;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So
|
||||
we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library
|
||||
this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol
|
||||
HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
strcat (dirname, "/");
|
||||
strcat (dirname, binding->dirname);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
|
||||
categoryname = category_to_name (category);
|
||||
categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
|
||||
|
||||
xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
|
||||
+ strlen (domainname) + 5);
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
|
||||
domainname),
|
||||
".mo");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
strcpy (xdomainname, categoryname);
|
||||
strcat (xdomainname, "/");
|
||||
strcat (xdomainname, domainname);
|
||||
strcat (xdomainname, ".mo");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Creating working area. */
|
||||
single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
|
||||
got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
|
||||
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
|
||||
++categoryvalue;
|
||||
if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
|
||||
no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
|
||||
by implicitely appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
|
||||
will take place. */
|
||||
single_locale[0] = 'C';
|
||||
single_locale[1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *cp = single_locale;
|
||||
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
|
||||
*cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
|
||||
*cp = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
|
||||
domain. Return the MSGID. */
|
||||
if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
|
||||
|| strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
|
||||
return (char *) msgid;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
|
||||
domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
|
||||
|
||||
if (domain != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
find_msg (domain, msgid)
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t top, act, bottom;
|
||||
|
||||
if (domain->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (domain);
|
||||
|
||||
if (domain->data == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
|
||||
if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Use the hashing table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
|
||||
nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
|
||||
nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (nstr == 0)
|
||||
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
|
||||
&& strcmp (msgid,
|
||||
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
|
||||
return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (idx >= W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_size) - incr)
|
||||
idx -= W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_size) - incr;
|
||||
else
|
||||
idx += incr;
|
||||
|
||||
nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
|
||||
if (nstr == 0)
|
||||
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
|
||||
&& strcmp (msgid,
|
||||
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
|
||||
== 0)
|
||||
return (char *) domain->data
|
||||
+ W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted
|
||||
array of messages. */
|
||||
bottom = 0;
|
||||
top = domain->nstrings;
|
||||
while (bottom < top)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cmp_val;
|
||||
|
||||
act = (bottom + top) / 2;
|
||||
cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
|
||||
+ W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
|
||||
if (cmp_val < 0)
|
||||
top = act;
|
||||
else if (cmp_val > 0)
|
||||
bottom = act + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If an translation is found return this. */
|
||||
return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
|
||||
+ W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
|
||||
static const char *category_to_name (category)
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *retval;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef LC_COLLATE
|
||||
case LC_COLLATE:
|
||||
retval = "LC_COLLATE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_CTYPE
|
||||
case LC_CTYPE:
|
||||
retval = "LC_CTYPE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_MONETARY
|
||||
case LC_MONETARY:
|
||||
retval = "LC_MONETARY";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
|
||||
case LC_NUMERIC:
|
||||
retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_TIME
|
||||
case LC_TIME:
|
||||
retval = "LC_TIME";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
case LC_MESSAGES:
|
||||
retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
|
||||
case LC_RESPONSE:
|
||||
retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_ALL
|
||||
case LC_ALL:
|
||||
/* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
|
||||
value. */
|
||||
retval = "LC_ALL";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
|
||||
retval = "LC_XXX";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
|
||||
static const char *guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
const char *categoryname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
|
||||
variable. This is a GNU extension. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX
|
||||
methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some
|
||||
systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
return setlocale (category, NULL);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
|
||||
retval = getenv (categoryname);
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation
|
||||
defined. */
|
||||
return "C";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dcgettext.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dcgettext.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
59
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dgettext.c
Normal file
59
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dgettext.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
/* dgettext.c -- implementation of the dgettext(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dgettext.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/dgettext.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
503
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/finddomain.c
Normal file
503
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/finddomain.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
|
||||
/* finddomain.c -- handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define stpcpy __stpcpy
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
|
||||
#define CEN_REVISION 1
|
||||
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
|
||||
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
|
||||
#define XPG_CODESET 8
|
||||
#define TERRITORY 16
|
||||
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 32
|
||||
#define XPG_MODIFIER 64
|
||||
|
||||
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
|
||||
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* List of already loaded domains. */
|
||||
static struct loaded_domain *_nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static struct loaded_domain *make_entry_rec __P ((const char *dirname,
|
||||
int mask,
|
||||
const char *language,
|
||||
const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *special,
|
||||
const char *sponsor,
|
||||
const char *revision,
|
||||
const char *domainname,
|
||||
int do_allocate));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy __P ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
|
||||
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
|
||||
established bindings. */
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *
|
||||
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
char *locale;
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *retval;
|
||||
const char *language;
|
||||
const char *modifier = NULL;
|
||||
const char *territory = NULL;
|
||||
const char *codeset = NULL;
|
||||
const char *special = NULL;
|
||||
const char *sponsor = NULL;
|
||||
const char *revision = NULL;
|
||||
const char *alias_value = NULL;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CATEGORYVALUE now possibly contains a colon separated list of
|
||||
locales. Each single locale can consist of up to four recognized
|
||||
parts for the XPG syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
|
||||
|
||||
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,sponsor][_revision]
|
||||
|
||||
Beside the first all of them are allowed to be missing. If the
|
||||
full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
|
||||
looked for. The various part will be stripped of according to
|
||||
the following order:
|
||||
(1) revision
|
||||
(2) sponsor
|
||||
(3) special
|
||||
(4) codeset
|
||||
(5) territory
|
||||
(6) audience/modifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
|
||||
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
|
||||
retval = make_entry_rec (dirname, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We know something about this locale. */
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval); /* @@@ */
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->data != NULL)
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We really found some usable information. */
|
||||
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
|
||||
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
|
||||
done. */
|
||||
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
|
||||
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
|
||||
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
|
||||
mask = 0;
|
||||
syntax = undecided;
|
||||
language = cp = locale;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
|
||||
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (language == cp)
|
||||
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
|
||||
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
|
||||
cp = strchr (language, '\0');
|
||||
else if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the territory. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
territory = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
|
||||
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= TERRITORY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the codeset. */
|
||||
syntax = xpg;
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
codeset = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the modifier. */
|
||||
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
modifier = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
|
||||
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
syntax = cen;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
special = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == ',')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
sponsor = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
revision = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* For CEN sytnax values it might be important to have the
|
||||
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
|
||||
if (syntax == xpg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (territory != NULL && territory[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (modifier != NULL && modifier[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
|
||||
generalzation. */
|
||||
retval = make_entry_rec (dirname, mask, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
modifier, special, sponsor, revision,
|
||||
domainname, 1);
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval);
|
||||
if (retval->data == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Signal that locale is not available. */
|
||||
retval->successor[cnt] = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt] == NULL)
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
free (locale);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct loaded_domain *
|
||||
make_entry_rec (dirname, mask, language, territory, codeset, modifier,
|
||||
special, sponsor, revision, domain, do_allocate)
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
const char *language;
|
||||
const char *territory;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
const char *special;
|
||||
const char *sponsor;
|
||||
const char *revision;
|
||||
const char *domain;
|
||||
int do_allocate;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *filename = NULL;
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *last = NULL;
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *retval;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
size_t entries;
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process the current entry described by the MASK only when it is
|
||||
valid. Because the mask can have in the first call bits from
|
||||
both syntaces set this is necessary to prevent constructing
|
||||
illegal local names. */
|
||||
/* FIXME: Rewrite because test is necessary only in first round. */
|
||||
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (mask & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
|
||||
filename = (char *) malloc (strlen (dirname) + 1
|
||||
+ strlen (language)
|
||||
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (territory) : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (codeset) : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 ?
|
||||
strlen (modifier) : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (special) : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (revision) : 0) + 1
|
||||
+ strlen (domain) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (filename == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
last = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Construct file name. */
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (filename, dirname);
|
||||
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
|
||||
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
|
||||
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '+';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = ',';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, domain);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
|
||||
available. */
|
||||
last = NULL;
|
||||
for (retval = _nl_loaded_domains; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
|
||||
if (retval->filename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, filename);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's not in the list. */
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
last = retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (filename);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (*retval));
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval->filename = filename;
|
||||
retval->decided = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (last == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval->next = _nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
_nl_loaded_domains = retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval->next = last->next;
|
||||
last->next = retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
entries = 0;
|
||||
for (cnt = 126; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||
if (cnt < mask && (cnt & ~mask) == 0
|
||||
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0))
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++] = make_entry_rec (dirname, cnt,
|
||||
language, territory,
|
||||
codeset, modifier,
|
||||
special, sponsor,
|
||||
revision, domain, 1);
|
||||
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||
char *dest;
|
||||
const char *src;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/finddomain.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/finddomain.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
70
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettext.c
Normal file
70
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettext.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
/* gettext.c -- implementation of gettext(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define GETTEXT __gettext
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define GETTEXT gettext__
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
GETTEXT (msgid)
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
105
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettext.h
Normal file
105
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettext.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
/* gettext.h - internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
|
||||
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||
|
||||
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||
doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
|
||||
the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
|
||||
is usually not possible. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||
not portable enough. */
|
||||
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||
struct mo_file_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Size of hashing table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettext.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettext.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
79
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettextP.h
Normal file
79
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/gettextP.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
/* gettextP.h -- header describing internals of gettext library
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __P
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# define __P(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __P(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef W
|
||||
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static nls_uint32 SWAP __P ((nls_uint32 i));
|
||||
|
||||
static inline nls_uint32
|
||||
SWAP (i)
|
||||
nls_uint32 i;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *next;
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *successor[31];
|
||||
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
int decided;
|
||||
|
||||
const char *data;
|
||||
int must_swap;
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct binding
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *next;
|
||||
char *domainname;
|
||||
char *dirname;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *_nl_find_domain __P ((const char *__dirname,
|
||||
char *__locale,
|
||||
const char *__domainname));
|
||||
void _nl_load_domain __P ((struct loaded_domain *__domain));
|
||||
|
||||
const char *_nl_expand_alias __P ((const char *__name));
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettextP.h */
|
||||
62
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/hash-string.h
Normal file
62
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/hash-string.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/* hash-string - Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_VALUES_H
|
||||
# include <values.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __P
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# define __P(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __P(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
|
||||
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
static unsigned long hash_string __P ((const char *__str_param));
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned long
|
||||
hash_string (str_param)
|
||||
const char *str_param;
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int hval, g;
|
||||
const char *str = str_param;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
|
||||
hval = 0;
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval <<= 4;
|
||||
hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
if (g != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||
hval ^= g;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return hval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
76
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/intl-compat.c
Normal file
76
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/intl-compat.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
#undef dgettext
|
||||
#undef dcgettext
|
||||
#undef textdomain
|
||||
#undef bindtextdomain
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (msgid)
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return gettext__ (msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (domainname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return textdomain__ (domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/intl-compat.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/intl-compat.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
177
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/libgettext.h
Normal file
177
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/libgettext.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
|
||||
/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
|
||||
the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
|
||||
include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
|
||||
define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H) || !defined (_LIBGETTEXT_H)
|
||||
#if !_LIBINTL_H
|
||||
# define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __P
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# define __P(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __P(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL (0)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
|
||||
function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
|
||||
to a default value. */
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
|
||||
Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
|
||||
struct _msg_ent
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *_msg;
|
||||
int _msg_number;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
|
||||
generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
|
||||
extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
|
||||
extern int _msg_tbl_length;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
|
||||
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
|
||||
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
extern char *gettext __P ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *gettext__ __P ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dgettext __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *dgettext__ __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext__ __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
extern char *textdomain __P ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
extern char *textdomain__ __P ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain__ __P ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
|
||||
So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
|
||||
has dcgettext. */
|
||||
# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(Msgid) \
|
||||
dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
|
||||
|
||||
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
|
||||
dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
|
||||
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
|
||||
(__extension__ \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
char *result; \
|
||||
if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
static char *__translation__; \
|
||||
static int __catalog_counter__; \
|
||||
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
__translation__ = \
|
||||
dcgettext__ ((Domainname), (Msgid), (Category)); \
|
||||
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
result = __translation__; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
result = dcgettext__ ((Domainname), (Msgid), (Category)); \
|
||||
result; \
|
||||
}))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define textdomain(Domainname) while (0) /* nothing */
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) while (0) /* nothing */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/libintl.a
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/libintl.a
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
177
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/libintl.h
Normal file
177
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/libintl.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
|
||||
/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
|
||||
the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
|
||||
include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
|
||||
define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H) || !defined (_LIBGETTEXT_H)
|
||||
#if !_LIBINTL_H
|
||||
# define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __P
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# define __P(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __P(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL (0)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
|
||||
function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
|
||||
to a default value. */
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
|
||||
Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
|
||||
struct _msg_ent
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *_msg;
|
||||
int _msg_number;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
|
||||
generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
|
||||
extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
|
||||
extern int _msg_tbl_length;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
|
||||
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
|
||||
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
extern char *gettext __P ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *gettext__ __P ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dgettext __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *dgettext__ __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext__ __P ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
extern char *textdomain __P ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
extern char *textdomain__ __P ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain__ __P ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
|
||||
So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
|
||||
has dcgettext. */
|
||||
# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(Msgid) \
|
||||
dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
|
||||
|
||||
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
|
||||
dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
|
||||
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
|
||||
(__extension__ \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
char *result; \
|
||||
if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
static char *__translation__; \
|
||||
static int __catalog_counter__; \
|
||||
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
__translation__ = \
|
||||
dcgettext__ ((Domainname), (Msgid), (Category)); \
|
||||
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
result = __translation__; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
result = dcgettext__ ((Domainname), (Msgid), (Category)); \
|
||||
result; \
|
||||
}))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define textdomain(Domainname) while (0) /* nothing */
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) while (0) /* nothing */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
100
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/linux-msg.sed
Normal file
100
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/linux-msg.sed
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
|
||||
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
s/msgid[ ]*"//
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This does not work now with the new format.
|
||||
# /"$/! {
|
||||
# s/\\$//
|
||||
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
|
||||
# }
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
|
||||
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
|
||||
# each message we assign them to the messages.
|
||||
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
|
||||
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
|
||||
# of declarations must not be changed.)
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgstr/ {
|
||||
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
|
||||
# Clear substitution flag.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line.
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
P
|
||||
D
|
||||
# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
||||
191
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/loadmsgcat.c
Normal file
191
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/loadmsgcat.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
|
||||
/* loadmsgcat.c -- load needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <sys/mman.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define fstat __fstat
|
||||
# define open __open
|
||||
# define close __close
|
||||
# define read __read
|
||||
# define mmap __mmap
|
||||
# define munmap __munmap
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
|
||||
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
|
||||
cached by one of GCC's features. */
|
||||
int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
|
||||
message catalog do nothing. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (domain)
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
|
||||
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||
int use_mmap = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
domain->decided = 1;
|
||||
domain->data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
|
||||
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
|
||||
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
|
||||
syntax. */
|
||||
if (domain->filename == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
|
||||
fd = open (domain->filename, O_RDONLY);
|
||||
if (fd == -1)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
|
||||
if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
|
||||
&& st.st_size < (off_t) sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Something went wrong. */
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
|
||||
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
|
||||
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, st.st_size, PROT_READ,
|
||||
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* mmap() call was successful. */
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
use_mmap = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
|
||||
it manually. */
|
||||
if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
off_t to_read;
|
||||
char *read_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (st.st_size);
|
||||
if (data == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
to_read = st.st_size;
|
||||
read_ptr = (char *) data;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
|
||||
if (nb == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
read_ptr += nb;
|
||||
to_read -= nb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (to_read > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
|
||||
catalog file. */
|
||||
if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
|
||||
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||
if (use_mmap)
|
||||
munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
free (data);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
domain->data = (char *) data;
|
||||
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
|
||||
switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
|
||||
domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
|
||||
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
|
||||
domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
|
||||
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
|
||||
domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
|
||||
domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
|
||||
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* This is an illegal revision. */
|
||||
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||
if (use_mmap)
|
||||
munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
free (data);
|
||||
domain->data = NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached
|
||||
translation invalid. */
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/loadmsgcat.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/loadmsgcat.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
317
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/localealias.c
Normal file
317
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/localealias.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
|
||||
/* localealias.c -- handle aliases for locale names
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct alias_map
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *alias;
|
||||
const char *value;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct alias_map *map;
|
||||
static size_t nmap = 0;
|
||||
static size_t maxmap = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static size_t read_alias_file __P ((const char *fname, int fname_len));
|
||||
static void extend_alias_table __P ((void));
|
||||
static int alias_compare __P ((const struct alias_map *map1,
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map2));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_expand_alias (name)
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
struct alias_map *retval;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct alias_map item;
|
||||
|
||||
item.alias = name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap > 0)
|
||||
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
|
||||
sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) __P ((const void *,
|
||||
const void *)))
|
||||
alias_compare);
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
return retval->value;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *start;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
start = locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
if (start < locale_alias_path)
|
||||
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (added != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
const char *fname;
|
||||
int fname_len;
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
char *full_fname;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
|
||||
|
||||
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
|
||||
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (!feof (fp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
|
||||
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
|
||||
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
|
||||
be that long
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char buf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||
char *alias;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* EOF reached. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = buf;
|
||||
/* Ignore leading white space. */
|
||||
while (isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
alias = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate alias name. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
|
||||
while (isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *tp;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
value = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate value. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This has to be done to make the following test
|
||||
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
|
||||
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
*cp = '\n';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap >= maxmap)
|
||||
extend_alias_table ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* We cannot depend on strdup available in the libc. Sigh! */
|
||||
len = strlen (alias) + 1;
|
||||
tp = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (tp == NULL)
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
memcpy (tp, alias, len);
|
||||
map[nmap].alias = tp;
|
||||
|
||||
len = strlen (value) + 1;
|
||||
tp = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (tp == NULL)
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
memcpy (tp, value, len);
|
||||
map[nmap].value = tp;
|
||||
|
||||
++nmap;
|
||||
++added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibily not the whole line fitted into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||
the rest of the line. */
|
||||
while (strchr (cp, '\n') == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp = buf;
|
||||
if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||
*cp = '\n';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
|
||||
errors. --drepper */
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
|
||||
if (added > 0)
|
||||
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) __P ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
|
||||
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
extend_alias_table ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t new_size;
|
||||
struct alias_map *new_map;
|
||||
|
||||
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
|
||||
new_map = (struct alias_map *) malloc (new_size
|
||||
* sizeof (struct alias_map));
|
||||
if (new_map == NULL)
|
||||
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (new_map, map, nmap * sizeof (struct alias_map));
|
||||
|
||||
if (maxmap != 0)
|
||||
free (map);
|
||||
|
||||
map = new_map;
|
||||
maxmap = new_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
alias_compare (map1, map2)
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map1;
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map2;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
|
||||
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
|
||||
unsigned char c1, c2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (p1 == p2)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
|
||||
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
|
||||
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
|
||||
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
|
||||
if (c1 == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c1 == c2);
|
||||
|
||||
return c1 - c2;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/localealias.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/localealias.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
102
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/po2tbl.sed
Normal file
102
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/po2tbl.sed
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
|
||||
\
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
|
||||
# include <config.h>\
|
||||
#endif\
|
||||
\
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"\
|
||||
\
|
||||
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Write msgid entries in C array form.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
|
||||
# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
|
||||
# it.
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
|
||||
bc
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
|
||||
# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Not reached
|
||||
:c
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Last line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$ {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
};\
|
||||
|
||||
g
|
||||
s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
||||
102
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
Normal file
102
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
|
||||
\
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
|
||||
# include <config.h>\
|
||||
#endif\
|
||||
\
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"\
|
||||
\
|
||||
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Write msgid entries in C array form.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
|
||||
# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
|
||||
# it.
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
|
||||
bc
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
|
||||
# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Not reached
|
||||
:c
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Last line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$ {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
};\
|
||||
|
||||
g
|
||||
s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
||||
97
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/textdomain.c
Normal file
97
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/textdomain.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
/* textdomain.c -- implementation of the textdomain(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default text domain. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *old;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
|
||||
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
|
||||
are out of core. */
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (cp != NULL)
|
||||
memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
free (old);
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/textdomain.o
Normal file
BIN
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/textdomain.o
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
104
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/xopen-msg.sed
Normal file
104
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/intl/xopen-msg.sed
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
|
||||
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
# Does not work now
|
||||
# /"$/! {
|
||||
# s/\\$//
|
||||
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
|
||||
# }
|
||||
s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
|
||||
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
|
||||
# each message we assign them to the messages.
|
||||
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
|
||||
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
|
||||
# of declarations must not be changed.)
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgstr/ {
|
||||
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/^[^\n]*$/& /
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
|
||||
# Clear flag from last substitution.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line.
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
P
|
||||
D
|
||||
# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
||||
54
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/ChangeLog
Normal file
54
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/ChangeLog
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
Tue Nov 21 16:28:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Add prototype for stpcpy.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Nov 16 20:52:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* whoami.c (get_hostname): Prefer HAVE_UNAME before
|
||||
HAVE_ETC_SYSTEMID. Seems not to work on DGUX systems. Hope this
|
||||
does not break anything else. Reported by Roderick Schertler.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 20:24:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h: Rename _N to N_.
|
||||
|
||||
Sun Nov 5 13:33:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h:
|
||||
Rename macro _C to _N and use gettext_noop instead of gettext_const.
|
||||
|
||||
Fri Nov 3 00:41:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h (_GTM): Remove macro.
|
||||
(_C): Define according to gettext-0.9.7. Use gettext_const.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Oct 31 01:25:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (LINK, LDFLAGS, ANSI2KNR): Remove unused variables.
|
||||
(ALLOCA, ALLOCA_SRC): Define variables and use in SOURCES and OBJECTS.
|
||||
|
||||
Sat Sep 23 13:10:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (HEADERS): Add md5.h.
|
||||
(SOURCES): Add md5.c.
|
||||
(OBJECTS): Add md5.o.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 15 16:48:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
|
||||
|
||||
Thu Aug 10 22:40:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add stpcpy.c.
|
||||
Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
|
||||
|
||||
* system.h (_GTM): Add definition.
|
||||
|
||||
Tue Aug 1 18:33:24 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in: New file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Sharutils is now not any more a flat directory structure.
|
||||
|
||||
21
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/Jamfile
Normal file
21
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/Jamfile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
SubDir OBOS_TOP src apps bin sharutils-4.2.1 lib ;
|
||||
|
||||
SubDirCcFlags += -DHAVE_CONFIG_H ;
|
||||
|
||||
StaticLibrary sharutils :
|
||||
alloca.c
|
||||
basename.c
|
||||
error.c
|
||||
getopt.c
|
||||
getopt1.c
|
||||
md5.c
|
||||
memset.c
|
||||
mktime.c
|
||||
stpcpy.c
|
||||
strftime.c
|
||||
whoami.c
|
||||
xgetcwd.c
|
||||
xmalloc.c
|
||||
xstrdup.c
|
||||
: STATIC_LIBRARY_DIR
|
||||
;
|
||||
118
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/Makefile
Normal file
118
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
# Makefile for the support library subdirectory of the GNU Shar Utilities
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = sharutils
|
||||
VERSION = 4.2.1
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = .
|
||||
top_srcdir = ..
|
||||
|
||||
subdir = lib
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
CC = gcc
|
||||
RANLIB = ranlib
|
||||
|
||||
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g -O
|
||||
CPPFLAGS =
|
||||
LIBS = libshar.a
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
# If your system doesn't have alloca, or the one provided is bad, define this.
|
||||
ALLOCA =
|
||||
ALLOCA_SRC = alloca.c
|
||||
|
||||
# If your systems has the GNU getopt functions available you may comment
|
||||
# out the following line.
|
||||
GETOPT = getopt.o getopt1.o
|
||||
GETOPTSRC = getopt.c getopt1.c
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = getopt.h md5.h pathmax.h system.h
|
||||
SOURCES = $(ALLOCA_SRC) basename.c error.c $(GETOPTSRC) md5.c memset.c \
|
||||
mktime.c stpcpy.c strftime.c whoami.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = $(ALLOCA) error.o $(GETOPT) md5.o xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o \
|
||||
whoami.o basename.o
|
||||
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .o
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir) -I.. -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
|
||||
|
||||
all: libshar.a $(ANSI2KNR)
|
||||
|
||||
libshar.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
rm -f libshar.a
|
||||
$(AR) cru libshar.a $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) libshar.a
|
||||
|
||||
ansi2knr: ansi2knr.o
|
||||
$(LINK) ansi2knr.o $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
install install-exec install-data: all
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
|
||||
check: all
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h
|
||||
error.o getopt.o xmalloc.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
getopt.o: getopt.h
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.o core core.*
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS ansi2knr
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
118
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/Makefile.in
Normal file
118
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/Makefile.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for the support library subdirectory of the GNU Shar Utilities
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
|
||||
subdir = lib
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
|
||||
DEFS = @DEFS@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBS = libshar.a
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
# If your system doesn't have alloca, or the one provided is bad, define this.
|
||||
ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
|
||||
ALLOCA_SRC = alloca.c
|
||||
|
||||
# If your systems has the GNU getopt functions available you may comment
|
||||
# out the following line.
|
||||
GETOPT = getopt.o getopt1.o
|
||||
GETOPTSRC = getopt.c getopt1.c
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = getopt.h md5.h pathmax.h system.h
|
||||
SOURCES = $(ALLOCA_SRC) basename.c error.c $(GETOPTSRC) md5.c memset.c \
|
||||
mktime.c stpcpy.c strftime.c whoami.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = $(ALLOCA) error.o $(GETOPT) md5.o xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o \
|
||||
whoami.o @LIBOBJS@
|
||||
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .o
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir) -I.. -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
|
||||
|
||||
all: libshar.a $(ANSI2KNR)
|
||||
|
||||
libshar.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
rm -f libshar.a
|
||||
$(AR) cru libshar.a $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) libshar.a
|
||||
|
||||
ansi2knr: ansi2knr.o
|
||||
$(LINK) ansi2knr.o $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
install install-exec install-data: all
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
|
||||
check: all
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h
|
||||
error.o getopt.o xmalloc.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
getopt.o: getopt.h
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.o core core.*
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS ansi2knr
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
492
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/alloca.c
Normal file
492
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/alloca.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
|
||||
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
|
||||
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
|
||||
|
||||
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
|
||||
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
|
||||
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
|
||||
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
|
||||
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
|
||||
|
||||
There are some preprocessor constants that can
|
||||
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
|
||||
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
|
||||
|
||||
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
|
||||
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
|
||||
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
|
||||
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
|
||||
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
|
||||
|
||||
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
|
||||
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
|
||||
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
#include "blockinput.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
|
||||
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
|
||||
|
||||
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
|
||||
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
|
||||
#ifndef alloca
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
#ifdef static
|
||||
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
|
||||
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
|
||||
in order to make unexec workable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
you
|
||||
lose
|
||||
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
|
||||
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
|
||||
#endif /* static */
|
||||
#endif /* emacs */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
|
||||
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
|
||||
long i00afunc ();
|
||||
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
typedef void *pointer;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef char *pointer;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
|
||||
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
|
||||
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
|
||||
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
|
||||
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
|
||||
|
||||
Callers below should use malloc. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef emacs
|
||||
#define malloc xmalloc
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern pointer malloc ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
|
||||
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
|
||||
deduced at run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
|
||||
|
||||
#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
|
||||
#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_stack_direction ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
|
||||
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (addr == NULL)
|
||||
{ /* Initial entry. */
|
||||
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
|
||||
|
||||
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Second entry. */
|
||||
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
|
||||
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
|
||||
else
|
||||
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
|
||||
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
|
||||
(b) keep track of stack depth.
|
||||
|
||||
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
|
||||
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
|
||||
#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union hdr
|
||||
{
|
||||
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
|
||||
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
|
||||
} h;
|
||||
} header;
|
||||
|
||||
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
|
||||
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
|
||||
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
|
||||
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
|
||||
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
|
||||
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
|
||||
|
||||
pointer
|
||||
alloca (size)
|
||||
unsigned size;
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
|
||||
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
|
||||
|
||||
#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
|
||||
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
|
||||
find_stack_direction ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
|
||||
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
|
||||
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|
||||
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
|
||||
{
|
||||
register header *np = hp->h.next;
|
||||
|
||||
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
|
||||
|
||||
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
|
||||
|
||||
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
|
||||
/* Address of header. */
|
||||
|
||||
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
|
||||
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
|
||||
|
||||
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
|
||||
|
||||
/* User storage begins just after header. */
|
||||
|
||||
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CRAY_STACK
|
||||
#define CRAY_STACK
|
||||
#ifndef CRAY2
|
||||
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
|
||||
struct stack_control_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
|
||||
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
|
||||
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
|
||||
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
|
||||
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
|
||||
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
|
||||
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
|
||||
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
|
||||
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct stack_segment_linkage
|
||||
{
|
||||
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
|
||||
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
|
||||
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
|
||||
long:32;
|
||||
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
|
||||
segment of stack. */
|
||||
long:32;
|
||||
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
|
||||
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
|
||||
microtasking. */
|
||||
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
|
||||
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
|
||||
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
|
||||
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
|
||||
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
|
||||
long ssa0;
|
||||
long ssa1;
|
||||
long ssa2;
|
||||
long ssa3;
|
||||
long ssa4;
|
||||
long ssa5;
|
||||
long ssa6;
|
||||
long ssa7;
|
||||
long sss0;
|
||||
long sss1;
|
||||
long sss2;
|
||||
long sss3;
|
||||
long sss4;
|
||||
long sss5;
|
||||
long sss6;
|
||||
long sss7;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* CRAY2 */
|
||||
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
|
||||
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
|
||||
struct stk_stat
|
||||
{
|
||||
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
|
||||
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
|
||||
be required to satisfy the maximum
|
||||
stack demand to date. */
|
||||
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
|
||||
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
|
||||
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
|
||||
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
|
||||
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
|
||||
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
|
||||
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
|
||||
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
|
||||
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
|
||||
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
|
||||
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
|
||||
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
|
||||
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
|
||||
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
|
||||
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
|
||||
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
|
||||
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
|
||||
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
|
||||
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct stk_trailer
|
||||
{
|
||||
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
|
||||
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
|
||||
this trailer). */
|
||||
long unknown2;
|
||||
long unknown3;
|
||||
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
|
||||
segment. */
|
||||
long unknown5;
|
||||
long unknown6;
|
||||
long unknown7;
|
||||
long unknown8;
|
||||
long unknown9;
|
||||
long unknown10;
|
||||
long unknown11;
|
||||
long unknown12;
|
||||
long unknown13;
|
||||
long unknown14;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* CRAY2 */
|
||||
#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CRAY2
|
||||
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
|
||||
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
|
||||
|
||||
static long
|
||||
i00afunc (long *address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stk_stat status;
|
||||
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
|
||||
long *block, size;
|
||||
long result = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
|
||||
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
|
||||
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
|
||||
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
|
||||
|
||||
STKSTAT (&status);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up the iteration. */
|
||||
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
|
||||
+ status.current_size
|
||||
- 15);
|
||||
|
||||
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
|
||||
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (trailer == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (trailer != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
|
||||
size = trailer->this_size;
|
||||
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
|
||||
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
|
||||
of all predecessor segments. */
|
||||
|
||||
result = address - block;
|
||||
|
||||
if (trailer == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result += trailer->this_size;
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (trailer != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
|
||||
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
|
||||
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
|
||||
not what you want. */
|
||||
|
||||
return (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* not CRAY2 */
|
||||
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
|
||||
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
|
||||
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
|
||||
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
|
||||
for alloca. */
|
||||
|
||||
static long
|
||||
i00afunc (long address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
long stkl = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
|
||||
long result = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
|
||||
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
|
||||
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
|
||||
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
|
||||
|
||||
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
|
||||
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
|
||||
|
||||
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
|
||||
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
|
||||
|
||||
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
|
||||
nonzero. */
|
||||
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
|
||||
this_segment = stkl - size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
|
||||
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
|
||||
contain the target address. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (pseg == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
stkl = stkl - pseg;
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
this_segment = stkl - size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = address - this_segment;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
|
||||
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
|
||||
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
|
||||
a cycle somewhere. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (pseg != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
stkl = stkl - pseg;
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
result += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not CRAY2 */
|
||||
#endif /* CRAY */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* no alloca */
|
||||
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
|
||||
41
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/basename.c
Normal file
41
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/basename.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#ifndef rindex
|
||||
#define rindex strrchr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return NAME with any leading path stripped off. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
basename (name)
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *base;
|
||||
|
||||
base = rindex (name, '/');
|
||||
return base ? base + 1 : name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
220
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/config.h
Normal file
220
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/config.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
|
||||
/* config.h. Generated automatically by configure. */
|
||||
/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on AIX 3.
|
||||
System headers sometimes define this.
|
||||
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
/* #undef _ALL_SOURCE */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
|
||||
/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if type char is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */
|
||||
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
|
||||
/* #undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int. */
|
||||
/* #undef CLOSEDIR_VOID */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
|
||||
/* #undef const */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
|
||||
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
|
||||
/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_MMAP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strftime function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRFTIME 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct tm has tm_zone. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have tm_zone but do have the external array
|
||||
tzname. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_TZNAME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
|
||||
/* #undef inline */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on MINIX. */
|
||||
/* #undef _MINIX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
/* #undef off_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
|
||||
with this defined. */
|
||||
/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
|
||||
/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
/* #undef size_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
|
||||
/* #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
|
||||
/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
|
||||
byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
|
||||
/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the current hostname may be found in /etc/systemid. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_ETC_SYSTEMID */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE "sharutils"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable. */
|
||||
#define PROTOTYPES 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
|
||||
#define VERSION "4.2.1"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library. See
|
||||
site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz. */
|
||||
/* #undef WITH_DMALLOC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
//#define ENABLE_NLS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CATGETS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_GETTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the basename function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_BASENAME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the fchmod function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_FCHMOD */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the isascii function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ISASCII 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the memcpy function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_MUNMAP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SETENV */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strerror function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the uname function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_UNAME 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the valloc function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_VALLOC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_NDIR_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_VALUES_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_LIBI */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the intl library (-lintl). */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_LIBINTL */
|
||||
174
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/error.c
Normal file
174
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/error.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
|
||||
/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 1995
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
|
||||
# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void exit ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define _(str) (str)
|
||||
|
||||
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
|
||||
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
|
||||
function without parameters instead. */
|
||||
void (*error_print_progname) () = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
|
||||
name of the executing program. */
|
||||
extern char *program_name;
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRERROR
|
||||
char *strerror ();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
private_strerror (errnum)
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern char *sys_errlist[];
|
||||
extern int sys_nerr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
|
||||
return sys_errlist[errnum];
|
||||
return _("Unknown system error");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define strerror private_strerror
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
|
||||
format string with optional args.
|
||||
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
|
||||
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
|
||||
/* VARARGS */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
|
||||
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
char *message;
|
||||
va_dcl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (error_print_progname)
|
||||
(*error_print_progname) ();
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
fflush (stdout);
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
VA_START (args, message);
|
||||
# if HAVE_VPRINTF
|
||||
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (errnum)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
fflush (stderr);
|
||||
if (status)
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
|
||||
error_with_loc (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
|
||||
size_t line_number, const char *message, ...)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
error_with_loc (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
size_t line_number;
|
||||
char *message;
|
||||
va_dcl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (error_print_progname)
|
||||
(*error_print_progname) ();
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
fflush (stdout);
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
VA_START (args, message);
|
||||
# if HAVE_VPRINTF
|
||||
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (errnum)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
fflush (stderr);
|
||||
if (status)
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
756
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/getopt.c
Normal file
756
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/getopt.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
|
||||
/* Getopt for GNU.
|
||||
NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
|
||||
"Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
before changing it!
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
|
||||
Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
|
||||
#ifndef _NO_PROTO
|
||||
#define _NO_PROTO
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !__STDC__
|
||||
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
|
||||
reject `defined (const)'. */
|
||||
#ifndef const
|
||||
#define const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define _(str) gettext (str)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
|
||||
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
|
||||
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
|
||||
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
|
||||
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
|
||||
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
|
||||
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to come after some library #include
|
||||
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
|
||||
#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__sgi)
|
||||
/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
|
||||
contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif /* GNU C library. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
|
||||
but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
|
||||
to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
|
||||
when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
|
||||
all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
|
||||
Then the behavior is completely standard.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
|
||||
they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "getopt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
|
||||
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
|
||||
the argument value is returned here.
|
||||
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
|
||||
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *optarg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
|
||||
This is used for communication to and from the caller
|
||||
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
|
||||
|
||||
When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
|
||||
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
|
||||
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
|
||||
int optind = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
|
||||
in which the last option character we returned was found.
|
||||
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
|
||||
|
||||
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
|
||||
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
|
||||
|
||||
static char *nextchar;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
|
||||
for unrecognized options. */
|
||||
|
||||
int opterr = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
|
||||
This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
|
||||
system's own getopt implementation. */
|
||||
|
||||
int optopt = '?';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
|
||||
|
||||
If the caller did not specify anything,
|
||||
the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
|
||||
POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
|
||||
stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
|
||||
This is what Unix does.
|
||||
This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
|
||||
variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
|
||||
of the list of option characters.
|
||||
|
||||
PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
|
||||
so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
|
||||
to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
|
||||
expect this.
|
||||
|
||||
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
|
||||
to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
|
||||
the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
|
||||
as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
|
||||
Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
|
||||
selects this mode of operation.
|
||||
|
||||
The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
|
||||
of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
|
||||
`--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */
|
||||
|
||||
static enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
|
||||
} ordering;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
|
||||
static char *posixly_correct;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__sgi)
|
||||
/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
|
||||
because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
|
||||
On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
|
||||
in GCC. */
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#define my_index strchr
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
|
||||
whose names are inconsistent. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
my_index (str, chr)
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
int chr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (*str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*str == chr)
|
||||
return (char *) str;
|
||||
str++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
|
||||
If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
|
||||
That was relevant to code that was here before. */
|
||||
#if !__STDC__
|
||||
/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
|
||||
and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
|
||||
extern int strlen (const char *);
|
||||
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
|
||||
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
|
||||
been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
|
||||
`last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int first_nonopt;
|
||||
static int last_nonopt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
|
||||
One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
|
||||
which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
|
||||
The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
|
||||
the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
`first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
|
||||
the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
exchange (argv)
|
||||
char **argv;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int bottom = first_nonopt;
|
||||
int middle = last_nonopt;
|
||||
int top = optind;
|
||||
char *tem;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
|
||||
That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
|
||||
It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
|
||||
but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Bottom segment is the short one. */
|
||||
int len = middle - bottom;
|
||||
register int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tem = argv[bottom + i];
|
||||
argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
|
||||
argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
|
||||
top -= len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Top segment is the short one. */
|
||||
int len = top - middle;
|
||||
register int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tem = argv[bottom + i];
|
||||
argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
|
||||
argv[middle + i] = tem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
|
||||
bottom += len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
|
||||
|
||||
first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
|
||||
last_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
|
||||
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_getopt_initialize (optstring)
|
||||
const char *optstring;
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
|
||||
is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
|
||||
non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
|
||||
|
||||
first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
nextchar = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (optstring[0] == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
|
||||
++optstring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (optstring[0] == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
|
||||
++optstring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
|
||||
ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
ordering = PERMUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
return optstring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
|
||||
given in OPTSTRING.
|
||||
|
||||
If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
|
||||
then it is an option element. The characters of this element
|
||||
(aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
|
||||
is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
|
||||
from each of the option elements.
|
||||
|
||||
If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
|
||||
updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
|
||||
resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
|
||||
|
||||
If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
|
||||
Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
|
||||
that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
|
||||
so that those that are not options now come last.)
|
||||
|
||||
OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
|
||||
If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
|
||||
return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
|
||||
zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
|
||||
|
||||
If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
|
||||
so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
|
||||
ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
|
||||
wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
|
||||
it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
|
||||
|
||||
If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
|
||||
handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
|
||||
See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
|
||||
|
||||
Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
|
||||
Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
|
||||
or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
|
||||
argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
|
||||
from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
|
||||
When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
|
||||
`flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
|
||||
if the `flag' field is zero.
|
||||
|
||||
The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
|
||||
But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
|
||||
with other systems.
|
||||
|
||||
LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
|
||||
element containing a name which is zero.
|
||||
|
||||
LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
|
||||
It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
|
||||
recent call.
|
||||
|
||||
If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
|
||||
long-named options. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *const *argv;
|
||||
const char *optstring;
|
||||
const struct option *longopts;
|
||||
int *longind;
|
||||
int long_only;
|
||||
{
|
||||
optarg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind == 0)
|
||||
optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
|
||||
|
||||
if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (ordering == PERMUTE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
|
||||
exchange them so that the options come first. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
|
||||
exchange ((char **) argv);
|
||||
else if (last_nonopt != optind)
|
||||
first_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip any additional non-options
|
||||
and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (optind < argc
|
||||
&& (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
last_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
|
||||
Skip it like a null option,
|
||||
then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
|
||||
then skip everything else like a non-option. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
|
||||
exchange ((char **) argv);
|
||||
else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
|
||||
first_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
last_nonopt = argc;
|
||||
|
||||
optind = argc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
|
||||
and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind == argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
|
||||
that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
|
||||
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
|
||||
optind = first_nonopt;
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
|
||||
either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
|
||||
|
||||
if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
|
||||
Skip the initial punctuation. */
|
||||
|
||||
nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
|
||||
+ (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
|
||||
|
||||
If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
|
||||
a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
|
||||
a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
|
||||
way to give the -f short option.
|
||||
|
||||
On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
|
||||
the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
|
||||
the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
|
||||
|
||||
This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (longopts != NULL
|
||||
&& (argv[optind][1] == '-'
|
||||
|| (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *nameend;
|
||||
const struct option *p;
|
||||
const struct option *pfound = NULL;
|
||||
int exact = 0;
|
||||
int ambig = 0;
|
||||
int indfound;
|
||||
int option_index;
|
||||
|
||||
for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef lint /* Suppress `used before initialized' warning. */
|
||||
indfound = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test all long options for either exact match
|
||||
or abbreviated matches. */
|
||||
for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
|
||||
if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Exact match found. */
|
||||
pfound = p;
|
||||
indfound = option_index;
|
||||
exact = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pfound == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First nonexact match found. */
|
||||
pfound = p;
|
||||
indfound = option_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Second or later nonexact match found. */
|
||||
ambig = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ambig && !exact)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind]);
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pfound != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
option_index = indfound;
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
if (*nameend)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
|
||||
allow it to be used on enums. */
|
||||
if (pfound->has_arg)
|
||||
optarg = nameend + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
|
||||
/* --option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||||
_("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], pfound->name);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* +option or -option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||||
_("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (optind < argc)
|
||||
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
if (longind != NULL)
|
||||
*longind = option_index;
|
||||
if (pfound->flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pfound->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
|
||||
or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
|
||||
option, then it's an error.
|
||||
Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
|
||||
if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
|
||||
|| my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
|
||||
/* --option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], nextchar);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* +option or -option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextchar = (char *) "";
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
char c = *nextchar++;
|
||||
char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
|
||||
if (*nextchar == '\0')
|
||||
++optind;
|
||||
|
||||
if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (posixly_correct)
|
||||
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
optopt = c;
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (temp[1] == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (temp[2] == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
|
||||
if (*nextchar != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
optarg = nextchar;
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
optarg = NULL;
|
||||
nextchar = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is an option that requires an argument. */
|
||||
if (*nextchar != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
optarg = nextchar;
|
||||
/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
|
||||
we must advance to the next element now. */
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (optind == argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
optopt = c;
|
||||
if (optstring[0] == ':')
|
||||
c = ':';
|
||||
else
|
||||
c = '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* We already incremented `optind' once;
|
||||
increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
|
||||
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
||||
nextchar = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *const *argv;
|
||||
const char *optstring;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
|
||||
(const struct option *) 0,
|
||||
(int *) 0,
|
||||
0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
|
||||
the above definition of `getopt'. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (argc, argv)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char **argv;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
int digit_optind = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '0':
|
||||
case '1':
|
||||
case '2':
|
||||
case '3':
|
||||
case '4':
|
||||
case '5':
|
||||
case '6':
|
||||
case '7':
|
||||
case '8':
|
||||
case '9':
|
||||
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
|
||||
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
|
||||
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
|
||||
printf ("option %c\n", c);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'a':
|
||||
printf ("option a\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'b':
|
||||
printf ("option b\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind < argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
|
||||
while (optind < argc)
|
||||
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
|
||||
printf ("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TEST */
|
||||
129
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/getopt.h
Normal file
129
src/apps/bin/sharutils-4.2.1/lib/getopt.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
/* Declarations for getopt.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
|
||||
#define _GETOPT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
|
||||
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
|
||||
the argument value is returned here.
|
||||
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
|
||||
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern char *optarg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
|
||||
This is used for communication to and from the caller
|
||||
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
|
||||
|
||||
When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
|
||||
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
|
||||
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int optind;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
|
||||
for unrecognized options. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int opterr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int optopt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
|
||||
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
|
||||
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
|
||||
zero.
|
||||
|
||||
The field `has_arg' is:
|
||||
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
|
||||
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
|
||||
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
|
||||
|
||||
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
|
||||
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
|
||||
left unchanged if the option is not found.
|
||||
|
||||
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
|
||||
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
|
||||
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
|
||||
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
|
||||
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
|
||||
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct option
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
|
||||
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
|
||||
int has_arg;
|
||||
int *flag;
|
||||
int val;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define no_argument 0
|
||||
#define required_argument 1
|
||||
#define optional_argument 2
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
|
||||
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
|
||||
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
|
||||
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
|
||||
extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
|
||||
#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
|
||||
extern int getopt ();
|
||||
#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
|
||||
extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
|
||||
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
|
||||
extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
|
||||
const char *shortopts,
|
||||
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
|
||||
extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
|
||||
const char *shortopts,
|
||||
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
|
||||
int long_only);
|
||||
#else /* not __STDC__ */
|
||||
extern int getopt ();
|
||||
extern int getopt_long ();
|
||||
extern int getopt_long_only ();
|
||||
|
||||
extern int _getopt_internal ();
|
||||
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user